278
AZERBAIJAN STATE OIL AND INDUSTRY UNIVERSITY / BA (PhD, MBA, BBA, ZU) PROGRAMS MODULE DESCRIPTIONS JOINT ZU PROGRAMME Industrial Engineering

AZERBAIJAN STATE OIL AND INDUSTRY UNIVERSITY / - MBA

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

AZERBAIJAN STATE OIL

AND INDUSTRY

UNIVERSITY / BA (PhD, MBA, BBA, ZU) PROGRAMS

MODULE DESCRIPTIONS

JOINT ZU PROGRAMME

Industrial Engineering

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title AZERBAIJAN LANGUAGE

AZƏRBAYCAN DİLİ

Course unit code LANG 1101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First Cycle Bachelor

cycle bachelor program

Year of study 1st

year

Semester when the course

unit is delivered

1st

Semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

2

Name of lecturer Ülkər Aslanova

Class information Location: Room: 4,6

Time: 8:30-10:05 Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Azərbaycan dili və nitq mədəniyyəti fənninin əsas hədəf və məqsədi

tələbələrin əldə etdikləri elmi-nəzəri bilikləri gündəlik həyatımızın ayrı-ayrı

sahələrində ünsiyyət zamanı vəziyyətə uyğun şəkildə tətbiq etməklə mədəni nitq vərdişlərini aşılamaqdır. Dilin ayrı-ayrı sahələrində: fonetik sistemində,

lüğət tərkibində, qrammatik quruluşunda xüsusi qəlibə salınmış normalar

fəaliyyət göstərir. Tələbələrin həmin normalara yiyələnmələri və gündəlik ünsiyyət zamanı ona praktik cəhətdən əməl etmələri nitq mədəniyyətinin

başlıca məqsədlərindəndir. Mədəni nitq hərtərəfli inkişafın, yetkin ağlın,

kamilliyin təzahürüdür.

Nəticədə nitq mədəniyyəti fənni tələbələrə nəzakətli danışıq qaydalarını öyrədir, Azərbaycan dilinin fonetik, leksik, qrammatik normaları haqqında

məlumat verir, onlarda nitq normalarına və etik danışıq qaydalarına

yiyələnmək vərdişi yaradır. Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

-

Recommended or required reading

Nəriman Həsənzadə, Güldanə Pənahova, Ədalət Abbasov. Azərbaycan dili və nitq mədəniyyəti. Dərslik. Bakı 2016.

Adil Babayev. Azərbaycan dili və nitq mədəniyyəti. Dərslik. Bakı 2011..

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and

presentation sessions, discussion sessions

Language of instruction Azərbaycan dili

Work placement(s) NA

Course contents:

1 Mövzu 1. Azərbaycan dili haqqında ümumi məlumat

Azərbaycan dili haqqında ümumi məlumat. Azərbaycan dilinin inkişaf mərhələləri. Dili- mizin qədim tarixinə aid informasiyası. Azərbaycan dili - Azərbaycan respublikasının milli

və dövlət dili. Azərbaycan dilinin genetik (qohumluluq mənşəyi) cəhətdən tipoloji

baxımdan türk dilləri ailəsində yeri. Azərbaycan dilinin tarixi inkişaf mərhələləri. Dili- mizin tarixən “türk dili”, “türk-tatar dili”, “tatar dilinin Qafqaz ləhcəsi” və s. adlarla tanın

ması. Ümumxalq Azərbaycan ədəbi dilinin tərkib hissələri. Azərbaycan ədəbi dili. Əd əbi

dilin normaları. Şifahi və yazılı ədəbi dil. Ədəbi dilin inkişafının tarixi dövrləri.

Azərbaycan ədəbi dilinin inkişafı və saflığında xidməti olmuş görkəmli şəxsiyyətlərin

rolu. Azərbaycan dilinin dövlət dili kimi işlənmə tarixi. Dilimizlə bağlı verilən qanun,

fərman və sərəncamlar. Heydər Əliyev və Azərbaycan dili. Mövzu 2. ” Nitq mədəniyyəti” termininin dilçilikdə tətbiqi.

“Nitq mədəniyyəti” termininin geniş anlayış kimi düşünülməsi. “Mədəniyyət” sözü- nün mənşəyi və mənası haqqında. Natiqliyin də şairlik, rəssamlıq, bəstəkarlıq və s. kimi sənət olması. “Nitq mədəniyyəti” anlayışının həm də bu və ya digər nitq təzahürünün

keyfiyyətini bildirmək üçün istifadə edilən termin kimi başa düşülməsi. Dilin bü- tün sahələrində: fonetik sistemində, lüğət tərkibində, qrammatik quruluşunda daxili

qanun lar əsasında müəyyənləşmiş normalar və insanların gündəlik ünsiyyət zamanı həmin nor- malara yiyələnmə vərdişlərinin formalaşdırılması üsulları. “Danışıq

mədəniyyəti” anlayışı və natiqlik mədəniyyəti

Birinci dərslik,

səh.6-12

səh. 12-18

2 Mövzu 3. Azərbaycan dili və nitq mədəniyyəti.

Dil ictimai kateqoriya kimi. Dilin qədimliyi. Azərbaycan dilinin strukturu.Əd əbi dilin

şifahi və yazılı qolu. Ədəbi dil milli dilin yüksək formasıdır. Nitq mədəniyyəti qramma-

tik cəhətdən cümlələri düzgün qurmaq, fikri aydın, dəqiq və məntiqi ardıcıllıqla ifadə etmək elmi kimi. Dilə daxil olan vahidlər sisteminin normallaşdırılması və təkmilləşdiril- məsinin nitq mədəniyyətinin əsas vəzifələrindən biri olması. Natiqin “seçmə” və “əvəz-

etmə” prinsiplərindən istifadə etməsi. Mədəni nitqə verilən tələblər və nitq mədəniyyə- tinin rolu.

Mövzu 4. ”Nitq mədəniyyəti” fənninin digər elmlərlə əlaqəsi

Nitq mədəniyyətinin keçmiş vəziyyəti və bugünkü səviyyəsi. Nitq mədəniyyəti və elmin digər sahələri: dilçilik, ədəbiyyat, psixologiya, pedaqogika və s. Dilin funksional üslu-

bu və nitq mədəniyyəti. Nitq mədəniyyəti və dilin hər bir hissəsinin onunla əlaqəsi. Nitq

mədəniyyəti və məntiq. Dövlətin idarə olunmasında nitq mədəniyyətinin rolu.

Birinci dərslik,

səh. 18-24

səh. 24-33

3

Mövzu 5. Dil və nitq.

Dil və nitq arasındakı əlaqənin obyektiv zərurət kimi mövcudluğu. Dilin öz varlığını

nitqdə, nitqin isə mənbəyini dildə tapması məsələsi.

Dilin inkişafının nitqlə müəyyənləşməsi. Dilin təhlil, nitqin isə qavrama və anlama yolu

dərk olunması. Dilin ictimailiyi, nitqin isə fərdi səciyyə daşıması məsələsi. Dil ən mühüm

Birinci dərslik,

səh.33-39

ünsiyyət vasitəsi, nitq isə ünsiyyət prosesidir. Dil əsas, nitq isə ondan törəmədir. Dil tarix- ən çox az dəyişikliyə uğrayır, nitq isə ona nisbətən dəyişkəndir. Dil və nitqin ictimai ha-

disələrin tərəfləri olması. Dil və nitqin hər ikisinin kommunikativ xarakter daşıması. Mövzu 6. Heydər Əliyev nitq mədəniyyəti haqqında.

Azərbaycanda müstəqillik uğrunda mübarizə ilə əlaqədar natiqliyin inkişafında ulu öndər

Heydər Əliyevin rolu. Heydər Əliyevin natiqlik məharəti. Dilimizin inkişafı, qorunması,

fəaliyyət dairəsinin genişlənməsi işində Heydər Əliyevin müstəsna rolu. Heydər Əliyev və nitq mədəniyyəti. Heydər Əliyev tərəfindən Azərbaycan dili ilə bağlı verilən mühüm

fərman və sərəncamların təsdiqi.

səh. 222-227

4 Mövzu 7. Əməli yazı nümunələri: ərizə, bildiriş, arayış, hesabat, izahat, çıxarış, akt

və s. aid nümunələr.

Nitq mədəniyyəti və rəsmi-işgüzar üslub. Rəsmi-işgüzar üslub:əsasının qoyulması və

formalaşması tarixi. Milli dövlətçilik və idarəçilik təcrübələri. Rəsmi-işgüzar üslub sənəd- lərin dili kimi. Sənəd dilinin əməli yazı kimi qəbul olunması. Əm əli yazılarda fikrin kon-

kretliyi məsələsi. Əməli yazı üçün səciyyəvi cəhətlər: Hər bir məsələnin aydın və qısa izah olunması;

Artıq və lüzumsuz sözlərə, təkrarlara, obrazlılığa yol verilməməsi;

Hər bir anlayışın dəqiq terminlərlə işlənməsi; Əməli yazıların əsasını təşkil edən rəsmi və işgüzar sənədlərin fərqli əlamətləri.

Birinci dərslik,

səh. 39-54

5 Mövzu 8. Nitqin növləri və formaları.

Dilçilikdə nitqin təsnifi problemi. Monoloji və dioloji nitq. Monoloji və dioloji nitqin vəhdət təşkil edən vahidləri kimi. Dilçilik ədəbiyyatında “monoloji nitq” termininin nitqin

müəyyən növünü bildirmək üçün işlədilməsi. Monoloji nitqin hər hansı müəyyən bir

məsələ, problem, məlumat, xatirə, tezis və s. şəkildə bir nəfərin ardıcıl, rabitəli, geniş və ya

qısa nitq kimi özünü göstərməsi. Monoloji nitqin subyektiv xarakter daşıması məsə - ləsi. Monoloji nitqin növləri: nəqletmə, təsviretmə və məlumatverici.

Nitqin digər növü olan dioloji nitq. Dioloq əsasında qurulmasının dioloji nitqin əsas cəhət-

lərindən biri olması. Sual-cavab formasının dioloji nitqdə əsas rol oynaması. Dioloji nitq

prosesində mimika və jest məsələsi. Replika, emosionallıq və yığcamlığın dioloq üçün xarakterik olması. Dioloji nitqin növləri: sual-cavab, müsahibə, müzakirə.

Birinci dərslik, səh. 54-64

6 Mövzu 9. Şifahi və yazılı nitq. Oxşar və fərqli cəhətləri.

Şifahi nitq ünsiyyətin ən qədim forması kimi. Şifahi nitqin inkişafının cəmiyyətin tərəq-

qisi ilə bağlılığı məsələsi. Şifahi nitq prosesində bir sıra köməkçi vasitələrdən istifadə

olinması. Şifahi nitq və tələffüz, şifahi nitq və vurğu, şifahi nitq və intonasiya, şifahi nitq, söz sırası, şifahi nitq və təkrar, şifahi nitq və mimika-jest. Şifahi nitq və danışıq dili.

Yarımçıq cümlə, qısa replika, şifahi nitq. Yazılı nitqin ancaq işarələrdə öz əksini tapması. Yazılı nitqin hər hansı bir dilin bütün

xüsiyyətlərini özündə düzgün əks etdirməsi məsələsi. Yazılı nitq və əlifba problemi.

Yazılı nitq və abzas. Yazılı nitq və durğu işarələri. Yazılı nitq və sitat.

Birinci dərslik,

səh. 64-72

7

Mövzu 10. Natiqlik sənətinin tarixi.

Antik dövr natiqlik mədəniyyəti və məktəbləri. Natiqlik sənətinin təşəkkül tapdığı ölkə-

lər. Qədim Yunanıstanın məşhur siyasi xadimi Demosfen – Yunanıstan natiqlik məktə- binin banisi kimi. Natiqlik məharətinin çiçəklənmə dövrü. Aristotelin “Ritorika” (natiqlik

məharəti) adlı əsəri nitq mədəniyyətinin ilk nəzəriyyəsi kimi. Sovet dövründə və müstə-

qillik zamanında nitq mədəniyyətinə tələbat.

Birinci dərslik,

səh. 72-79

8 Mövzu 11. Natiqliyin növləri: bədii, akademik, siyasi və s.

Natiqliyin həm sənət, həm də bir elm kimi formalaşması. Məzmun və formasına görə

nitqin növləri. Bədii natiqlik və onun ifadə üsulları. İctimai – siyasi natiqliyin

mövzuları. Akademik, inzibati-idarə, işgüzar natiqliyin məqsəd və vəzifələri. Natiqlik sənətinə verilən əsas tələblər. Auditoriyanın səviyyəsinin, xarakterinin nəzərə

alınmasının natiq üçün əsas şərtlərdən hesab edilməsi. Mümkün qədər yığcam danışmaq,

mətləbdən uzaqlaşaraq dinləyicini yormamaq- natiqliyin vacib xüsusiyyətlərindən biri kimi.

Birinci dərslik, səh. 98-104

9 Aralıq imtahanı

10 Mövzu 12. Sözün nitqdə rolu.

Sözün informativ vəzifəsi. Sözün poetik funksiyası. Bədii mətnə bilavasitə poetik funk-

siya daşıyan söz, yaxud poetizm. Poetizmin obrazlı təfəkkürə əsaslanması. Az sözlə dərin

mənalı və bitkin fikir ifadə etmək qabiliyyəti. Sözün ifadəliliyinin məcazlıqdan yaran-

ması faktının nəzərə çatdırılması məsələsi.

Mövzu 13. Nitq mədəniyyəti və nitq formaları: fonetik, leksik və qrammatik

normalar. Latın mənşəli norma sözünün müasir dildə iki başlıca mənasının olması. Əd əbi dil nor- ması milli və tarixi hadisədir. Nitqin düzgünlüyü.

Fonetik hadisə və qanunlara dair normalar. Orfoepik normalar. Fonemlərin tələffüzünə normalar.

Leksik normalar. Leksk tərkibin cəmiyyətin maddi və mənəvi həyatı, onun dəyişilməsi,

bağlı olması məsələsi. Sözlərin fikrə uyğun seçilib cümlədə işlədilməsi. Neologizmlərdən

terminlərdən istifadə normaları. Qrammatik normalar. Söz birləşməsi, sözlər arasında əlaqələr

Birinci dərslik,

səh.88-98

səh. 104-113

11 Mövzu 14. Nitq mədəniyyətinin orfoqrafiya və orfoepiya ilə qarşılıqlı əlaqə

fonetik, morfoloji və tarixi-ənənəvi prinsiplər.

Xalqın yazı mədəniyyəti.. Müasir Azərbaycan dilinin orfoqrafiya qaydalarının əsas prin-

sipləri. Orfoqrafiya qaydalarının daha çox fonetik prinsip əsasında qurulmasının əlverişli

olması məsələsi.

Müxtəlif çalarlarda tələffüz olunan dil vahidlərinin, xüsusən sözlərin və şəkilçılərin vahid

formada, yəni morfoloji quruluşuna uyğun olaraq yazılması prinsipləri-morfoloji prinsip.

Keçmiş dövrlərdə tətbiq olunan bu və ya digər orfoqrafik qaydanın mühafizə olunması

müasir yazıda davam etdirilməsi prinsipi – tarixi- ənənəvi prinsip.

Tələffüzün iki şəkildə -həm ümumxalq dilindəki vahidlərin ümumi dil normalarına uy-

ğun, həm də ayrı-ayrı dialekt və şivələrin xüsusiyyətinə müvafiq formada anlaşılması.

Birinci dərslik,

səh.113-121

12. Mövzu 15. Nitqdə leksik vahidlərdən istifadə: sinonim, omonim, antonim, neolo-

gizmlər və s. Gözəl və təsirli danışmaq, yaxud yazmaq məharətini formalaşdıran stimullar. Məzmunlu

brazlı danışmaq, yaxud yazmaq bacarıq və vərdişlərin yiyələnmə üsulları. Omonimlərdən bədii üslubda qafiyə yaratma vasitəsi kimi istifadə olunması (A.Ələsgərin “Ay üzə-üzə”, “A yana-yana” və s.)

Sinonimlərin bədii nitqdə fikri daha dəqiq, mənalı və təsirli ifadə məqamları. Antonimlərdən bədii nitqdə bədii təzad yaratma vasitəsi kimi işlənmə halları.

Neologizmlərin (dilin) nitqin söz ehtiyatının artmasında və ümumən lüğət fondunun zən-

ginləşdirilməsindəki rolu.

Birinci dərslik, səh.121- 132

13. Mövzu 16. Danışıq mədəniyyəti və etik məsələlər.

Danışıq nitqi ümumxalq dilinin ikinci hissəsi kimi. Milli etnoqrafiya və danışıq mə-

dəniyyəti. Sözlərin və ifadələrin düzgün seçilməsi, şəraitə uyğun və öz yerində işlənməsi

məsələsi. Nitqin “təmizliyi”, natiqin nitqinin qüsursuzluğu və nitqə anlaşılmayan jarqon- larin, habelə əcnəbi sözlərin daxil edilməməsi. Əd əbi dildə loru sözlərə və kobud ifadə yol

verilməməsi.

Bədii əsərlərdə obrazın xarakterinin “işıqlandırılması”nda müəllifin nitqdən istifadə məq-

sədi və üsulları.

Mövzu 17. Mədəni nitqə verilən tələblər: nitqin yığcamlığı, təmizliyi, düzgünlüyü

və s.

Dilin özünün ifadə imkanlarının genişliyi, səlisliyi. Həmin dildən istifadə edənlərin hazır- lığı. Dilin ifadə imkanlarından düzgün faydalanmaq vərdişlərinin olması.

Natiqin öz çıxış tərzi və üslubunun olmasının gözəl və rəvan nitqin şərtlərindən biri kimi

şərtləndirilməsi. Nitqin düzgünlüyü fonetik, leksik, qrammatik normalar və nitqin hər iki

növündə onların tətbiqi məsələsi

Birinci dərslik,

səh.132-141

səh.141-148

14 Mövzu 18. Nitq mədəniyyəti və üslubiyyat. Azərbaycan dilinin funksional üslub-

ları: bədii üslub, məişət üslubu.

Filoloji konteksdə “üslub” anlayışının çoxçalarlığı: yazıçının üslubu, bədii əsərin üslubu

və s. Üslubiyyat-üslublar haqqında elm sahəsidir.

Üslubiyyatda söz, ifadə və cümlənin üslubi meyara əsaslanaraq öyrənilməsi. Dil vahid-

lərinin üslubi imkanlarının öyrənilməsi. Funksional üslubların tədqiqi istiqamətləri. Dilin

üslubi imkanlarının genişliyi həmin dilin zənginliyini göstərən amildir.

Mövzu 22. Dil mədəniyyəti və nitq mədəniyyəti.

Dil mədəniyyəti ilə nitq mədəniyyəti anlayışlarının qarşılıqlı əlaqələri. Dil mədə- niyyətinin inkişafına daxili və xarici amillərin təsiri.

Mövzu 19. Publisistik üslub, elmi üslub. Elmi məqalə, məruzə və tezisin dili.

Publisistik üslub, onun yaranması və inkişaf tarixi. Publisistik üslubun əmələ gəlmə- sində mətbuatın rolu. Publisistik üslub və onun formaları. Publisistik üslubun digər funk- sional üslublarla əlaqəsi. Müxtəlif maraq və mövqelərin əks etdirilməsi publisistik üslu - bun əsas əlaməti kimi. Publisistik üslubun növləri: bədii-publisistik, rəsmi publisistik, elmi publisistik.

Elmi üslub elmi təfəkkürün ifadəsidir. Elmi üslubun əsas xüsusiyyətləri: məntiqilik, ardı-

cıllıq, birmənalılıq, termin sıxlığı. Elmi üslubun, eyni zamanda, “elmi dil” termini ilə ifa-

dəsi.

Elmi üslubun janrları: monoqrafiya, dərslik, dərs vəsaiti, elmi və metodiki jurnal məqa- ləsi və s.

Yazılı monoloq formasının elmi üslubda üstün olması.

Birinci dərslik, səh.148-161

səh.193-201

səh.155-167

15 Mövzu 20. Nitqdə ifadəlilik yaradan vasitələr: intonasiya, səsin surəti, fasilələr, temp

və s. Şifahi nitqdə intonasiyanın rolu və əhəmiyyəti. Dil vahidinin müxtəlif səs tempində,

emosional çalarlıqda, tələffüzünün intonasiyanın əsas əlaməti olması məsələsi. İntonasiya

və səs tonunun artması və azalması. Fasilə - intonasiyanın başlıca komponenti kimi. Fasilənin növləri: a) qısa fasilə;

b) uzun fasilə

Mövzu 21. M.Müşfiq “Yenə o bağ olaydı” (...) və M.Şəhriyarın “Heydərbabaya

salam” şeirlərində nitqdə ifadəlilik yaradan vasitələrin göstərilməsi.

“Yenə o bağ olaydı” ... şeirinin intonasiya ilə ifadəli oxunması. Nəzm xüsusiyyətlərinin qafiyə, vəzn, fasilə və s.) şərhi. “Heydərbabaya salam” poemasını hissələrə ayıraraq obrazlı ifadələrin semantik çalar-

larını söyləmək və təhlil etmək. Mövzu 23. Vasitəli və vasitəsiz nitq

Vasitəli və vasitəsiz nitq arasındakı fərq. Vasitəsiz nitqin işlənmə formaları. Vasitəsiz

nitqin vasitəli nitqə çevrilməsi. Nitq vərdişlərinə yiyələnmənin təcrübi əhəmiyyətinin göstərilməsi.

Birinci dərslik, səh.167-4

səh.175-181

səh.227.

Yekun İmtahan.

Azeri language and Communication Culture

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Labs and Tutorials

Assignment

Project/Presentation/Report 1 1 1

E-learning activities

Quizzes

Midterm Examination 1 2 2

Final Examination 1 3 3

Self Study 8 3 24

Total Workload 72

Total Workload/30(h) 2,4

ECTS Credit of the Course

2

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title ENGLISH I

Course unit code ENGL 1101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 1st

Year

Semester/trimester when

the course unit is

delivered

1st

Semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

5

Name of lecturer Gulnara Ahmadova

Class information Location: Room: 2,5

Time: Monday,Wednesday, Friday

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of

the course unit

Course description:

This course is intended to serve students of English as a foreign language. authentic

language has been maintained, a vocabulary study is included While to each chapter treating both the technical and sub technical terms that are used in the readings.This

course will further give the students the opportunity to speak on general topics, to

communicate in Business environment and to understand texts on business in the English speaking world.Integrated activities: This will include conversations, texts,

letters, forms, contracts, tests etc. The exercises fulfill a number of purposes. They

reinforce and consolidate what has been heard, said, written and seen, thus teaching

four main skills of language: listening, speaking, reading and writing. Collaborating with a partner or working as a member of small group students will consider different

topics in general English and economics while improving their vocabulary and four

above mentioned skills.

Learning Outcomes:

On successful completion of this course, students will:

be able to articulate their own interpretations with an awareness and curiosity

for other perspectives;

have knowledge and understanding in English language; grammar and

vocabulary;

become accomplished readers of the English language;

be able to write effectively for a variety of professional and social settings;

be able to identify topics and formulate questions for productive inquiry;

develop the ability to listen to texts and deploy ideas from these texts in their own reading and writing;

develop their social competence skills, to form their behavioral stereotypes and

professional skills necessary for successive social adaptation of graduates; be able to skim the text for main idea, to scan the text for specific information, to

interpret it for inferences, attitudes and styles, to deduce meanings from the context;

develop the students' general capacity to a level that enables them to use English in

their professional and academic environment granted that they are provided with the

specific notions and vocabulary of economics, mathematics, banking and finance in the course of their studies.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and

co-requisites

None

Recommended or

required readings

Required readings:

1. Chris Redston. Jillie Cunningham. Face2face. Pre-intermediate. Student’s Book.

Cambridge University Press, 2012.

2.Bill Mascull. Business Vocabulary in Use.(BV)Cambridge Professional

English,2010

Optional readings:

Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in

printed forms.

Planned learning

activities and

teaching methods

Class discussions, brainstorming, presentations, quizzes and exams.

Language of

instruction

English

Course contents

UNIT TOPIC SOURCE

1 • Life stories.Super Commuters

Grammar: Review of verb forms and questions. Vocabulary. collocations (1).

• Time off.Small talk.

Grammar: Subjectquestions. VocabularyDevelopingspeakingskills. 1. Work and jobs.

Lesson1p.6

(a,b,c,d) Business

Vocabulary (BV)-

Unit 1

2 • Beginnigs.Howwemet.Coincidences

Vocabulary. Grammar: Past Simple. Past Continuous: positive and negative

Lesson 2 p.14

(a,b,c)

questions. Adjectives (1)

2.Waysofworking

BV-Unit 2

3 • Internet dating. GettingQualified.

Grammar: have to/had to: positive and negative, questions and answers.

• Job-hunting. What a job!

PresentContinuousandPresent Simple; activityandstateverbs.

3.Recruitmentandselection

Lesson 2(d),

Lesson 3 p.22

(a,b,c)

BV-Unit 3.

4 • I’mreally sorry. Lookalikes.Mymusic.

Word building. Present Perfect for life experiences: positive and negative.

Yes/no questions with ever. Vocabulary Revision of units 1,2,3.

4.Skills &qualifications

Lesson 3(d) Lesson4p.30

(a,b)

BV-Unit 4

5 • TV or not TV. What do you think?

Developing listening, speaking, reading, writing skills.

• A Crowded Planet. Never too old.

Gr. Will for prediction; might; be going to; plans hope sand ambitions

Vocabulary. collocations (2).

5. Pay and benefits

Lesson 4

(c,d)Lesson 5 (a,b) p.38

BV-Unit 5

6 • Conservation Work. A charityevent.

Conservation works. Verbs and prepositions. Offers, suggestions, requests.

Developinglistening, speakingreading, writingskills.

6.People andworkplaces

Lesson 5(c, d)

BV-Unit. 6

7 • Teenagers Rolespeopleplay.

Grammar: Making comparisons: comparatives, a lot, much, a bit, (not)

as……as. Superlatives. adjectives (2)

• Family Business. Call me back. Adjectives and prefixes (un-,in-, im-,

-dis-). Voc. Speaking reading, writing skills. Revision of units 4,5, 6.

7. The careerladder

Lesson 6 p.46

(a,b,c, d)

BV-Unit 7

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 • 50 places to go. What are you taking?

Grammar: Present Continuous for future arrangements. Quantifiers;

• Wish you were here. it doesn’t work.

Phrases with “go”. Offers, suggestions, requests. Vocabulary. Developing

speaking reading, writing skills. possessive pronouns. 8.Problems at work

Lesson 7 p.54(a,b,c, d)

BV-Unit 8.

10 • Home sweet home. Meet the parents. Cultural Differences.

Gr. Present Perfect with for and since; should, shouldn’t, must, mustn’t. Vocabulary: describing your home; going to dinner.

9. Managers, executives & directors

Lesson 8 p.62

(a,b,c)

BV-Unit 9.

11 • What’s it like? Problems, problems. Sleepless nights.

Gr. first conditional; future time clauses. Vocabulary: everyday problems; adjectives (3,4): feelings.too, too much, too many,(not enough)

• Noisy neighbors. Invitation.

Lesson8 (d)Lesson 9 p.70 (a,b,c,d)

Vocabulary: phrasal verbs.Invitations and making arrangements

10. Business people& leaders

BV-Unit 10.

12 • The collectors. Shopping trends. Fashion victims.

Gr. Present Simple Passive; Past Simple Passive; used to.Vocabulary: verbs

often used in the passive. Words with some-, any-, no- and every-.articles.

11. Organizations 1

Lesson 10 p.78

(a,b,c)

BV-Unit 11.

13 • It suits you. Guess what?

Gr. Present Perfect for giving news with just, yet and alreadyVocabulary:

collocations (3).

• Murder mystery. In the news

Gr. relative clauses with who, which, that, and where. crime; guessing meaning from

context. 12. Organizations 2

Lesson 10 (d),

Lesson 11 p.86

(a,b,c)

BV-Unit 12.

14 • Did you?Working abroad.

Gr. reported speech.Vocabulary: collocations (3); crime; guessing meaning from

context.

13. Manufacturing and services

Lesson

11(d)Lesson 12

p.94(a) BV-Unit 13

15 • Taking risks.

Gr. second conditional. Vocabulary: money; collocations (4): take and get.

• Graffiti

Vocabulary : connecting words (2): first, next, then

14.The development process

Lesson 12

(b,c)

BV-Unit 14.

FINAL EXAM

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3

42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 17 17

Individual or Group Work 14 3 42

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 1 15

15

Homework 3 3 9

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 20 20

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 150

Total Workload/30(h) 5

ECTS Credit of the Course 5

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title GERMAN 1 DEUTSCH 1

Course unit code GERM 1101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First Cycle Bachelor

Year of study 1st year

Semester/trimester when the course unit is delivered

1st Semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

5

Name of lecturer Husejnsade Xoschgädäm

Class information

Location: Time: Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Kursbeschreibung

Dieser Kursus ist für die SU- Programm studierenden Studenten vorgesehen. Nach

dem Studienprogramm ist es vorgesehen, Deutsch 3 Semester zu studieren: in den

ersten und zweiten Semestern – Grundkursus, im dritten Semester technisches Deutsch.

Es enthält das deutsche Alphabet, phonetische Einführung, 16 Lektionen,

Wörterverzeichnis zu jeder Lektion und liste der starken und unregelmäßigen

Verben. Das Ziel des Kursus ist den Studierenden Grundkenntnisse zu geben, vier

Kommunikationsfertigkeiten: Hören, Sprechen, Lesen und Schreiben zu lehren. Am Ende des Moduls haben die Studierenden in der Lage:

Ideen und Konzepte an andere weiterzugeben;

• in Teams und kleinen Gruppen und Paaren zusammenzuarbeiten;

• Informationen, die für eine bestimmte Aufgabe erforderlich sind zu identifizieren,

zu suchen und zu analysieren

Vokabeln zum Text, Sprachkenntnisse und Fähigkeiten zu verstehen, die die

Schüler bei derArbeit vermitteln müssen.

allgemeine und professionelle Sprache in Diskussionen und Sprechen zu

verwenden

Forschungsarbeiten zu bestimmten, durch das Modul abgedeckten Themen

durchzuführen

• ihre wissenschaftliche Lesekompetenz und Denkenfähigkeit zu erweitern.

dieses Wissen in die Praxis umzusetzen.

• Lesen, Schreiben, Präsentieren und Bewerten von Geschäftsberichten

Mode of delivery Schritte A1/1 (Verlag Hueber) und Deutsch(F, Alijewa), Zavyalova“Deutsch für

Beginner“

Prerequisites and co-requisites None

Recommended optional

programme components

-

Recommended or required

reading

Schritte 1/1

Deutsch als Fremdsprache Noskov. Deutsch

Verschiedene Kurzbücher

Planned learning activities and

teaching methods

Geplante Lernaktivitäten und

Unterrichtsmethoden

Klassendiskussionen, Lektüre aus Lehrbüchern, Aufgaben, Quiz, Prüfungen,

Konversationen

Ein Arbeitsbuch mit zahlreichen Übungen, ausführlicherPhonetikprogramm, miit CD/

Kassetten

1 Lektion 1, Alphabet

der Artikel

Präsens der schwachen Verben

Dialog „Zwei Studenten“ Dialog „Bekanntschaft“

Teile A, B

Schritte 1/1

2 Der Text “Die Hörer lernen Deutsch” Den Text nacherzählen

Fragen zum Text Wortfolge

im Aussagesatz im Fragesatz

Teil C, D

3 Demonstrativpronomen

das Verb “haben” Den Dialog “Sie gehen zur Vorlesung”

Teile A; B;

4 „Im Übungsraum“ lesen und übersetzen

I. Teil, II Teil des Textes Grundzahlwörter

Präfixe Negation

Fragen zum Text Verneinung

Teile C; D; E

5 Text. “Die Familie.“ lesen und übersetzen Grammatik.

Präsens der starkenVerben.

Possesivpronomen.

PersonalpronomenimNominativ und Akkusativ.

Präpositionen mit Akkusativ.

Kapitel 5

6 • Text: Ein Brief ,

• den Text lesen,

• analysieren und übersetzen Grammatik:

Deklination des Substantivs Deklination der

Personalpronomen. Präpositionen mit Dativ.

Kapitel 6

7 • Text: Mein Haus,

• den Text lesen, übersetzen und analysieren

• Präpositionen mit Akkusativ oder Dativ.

Deklination der Eigennamen

Kapitel 7

8 Zwischenprüfung Mein Tag analysieren

.Grammatik: Reflexive Verben.

Perfekt.

Übungen

Aufgaben

Kapitel 8

9 Text: Pauls freier Tag,

Grammatik. Modalverben.

.Satzreihe Übungen machen

Kapitel 9

10 Im Warenhaus

Grammatik: Deklination des Adjektivs. Imperativ. Ordnungszahlwörter.

Kapitel 10

11 • Festtagen , lesen und übersetzen

• über das Thema ein Gespräch führen

• Grammatik: das unbestimmte Pronomen „man“. Präteritum von „sein“ und

„haben“.

• Präpositionen mit Genitiv

12 • Text “In der Buchhandlung”

• Grammatik: Satzgefüge.

• Objektsätze.

Kapitel 11

13 • In der Buchhandlung

• Grammatik: Satzgefüge.

• Kausalsätze.

• Wiederholung des Durchgenommenen

14 Mahlzeiten lesen und anaysieren

Grammatik.

Prominaladverbien

• Wiederholung des Durchgenommenen

Kapitel 12

15 • Text: Die Jahreszeiten Grammatik:

Futurum. Pronomen “es”.

Komporation des Adjektivs und Adverbs.

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour) Total Workload(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 11 11

Individual or Group Work 14 3 42

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Homework 14 3 42

Quizzes 2 4 8

Final Examination 1 3 3

Total Workload 150

Total Workload/30(h) 5

ECTS Credit of the Course 5

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title HISTORY OF AZERBAIJAN

Course unit code HIST 1101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 1st year

Semester/trimester when the course

unit is delivered

1st Semester

Number of ECTS credits allocated 2

Name of lecturer Tahmina Aslanova

Class information Location: Time:

Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Course Description

This course will cover History of Azerbaijan since ancient periods till

nowadays, focusing on political, economic, military, agrarian, etnic, demografic processes which happened in the history of Azerbaijan

nation. Delivering to students problems of formation of Azerbaijan

nation, historical stages of statehood of Azerbaijan, we will focus on

acquiring by them the skills of objective assessment of historical issues. The course will be taught through the series of seminars and

lectures grouped by topics.

Academic Aims of the course:1.Instill a sense of patriotism, to expand and deepen students’ knowledge of the history and historical analysis

as well as provide them with the ability to critically read the

sophisticated literature of the discipline and understand it.

Learning Outcomes of the Course

By the end of the course the students will be able to:

- Understand the historical and geographical place of

Azerbaijan in South Caucasus region;

- Follow the socio-political, economic and cultural development

of Azerbaijan after gaining the independence;

- Critically analyze and evaluate the historical processes

Teaching Methodology

The course wil be taught through lectures, discussions and

case studies. The course will employ student – and learning

centered approach. Discussions based on student contributions

add a vital and dynamic element to the class. The classes will be held twice a week and ready for discussions. As a rule of

thumb everyone should come to class with comments or

questions from the core readings.

Mode of delivery face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-requisites None

recommended optional programme

components

-

Recommended or required reading 1.Textbook: Ismail bey Zardabli. The history of Azerbaijan. (from

ancient times to the present day), London, 2014. 2. Swietochowski Tadeusz. Russian Azerbaijan, 1905-1920: The

shaping of National Identity in a Muslim Community, 2 edit.,

Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2004; National Consciousness and Political Orientations in Azerbaijan. 1905-1920.

From the Conference materials held on in 1980.

3.Mahmudlu Y. Azerbaijan short history of statehood. Baku, 2006.

4. Mahmudlu Y., Shukurov K. Garabagh. Real history. Facts and

documents. Baku, 2005.

5. Altstadt, Audrey. The Azerbaijani Turks: Power and Identity under

Russian rule: Stanford, 1992.

Planned learning activities and

teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, discussions and brainstorming, feedback and

presentation sessions, discussion sessions

Language of instruction English

Work placement(s) -

course contents

Week Description Source

1 Azerbaijan during ancient period.

Theoretical, methodological issues and sources of Azerbaijan history.

Prehistoric period in the territory of Azerbaijan. Tribal units and initial state

formations in the territory of Azerbaijan. Ancient states in the territory of Azerbaijan.Mannea.Azerbaijan as part of the Median and Achamanid

Empire. The state of Atropatena. Ancient Albania.

Chapter 1,2,3,4

(I.Zardabli. History of

Azerbaijan)

Textbook

2 Azerbaijan in the early middle ages (III-IX centuries).

Spring up of early feudalism relationsin Azerbaijan, occupation of Azerbaijan by Sassanids, culture and religion, give detailed information

about initial feudal agrarian relations. Albania as part of the Empire.

Spreading of Christianity in Albania. Arab invasion, spread of Islam. Arab-

Chapter 5,6

Textbook

Khazar wars. Resettlement and tax policy. Administration. Khurramid’s

movement. Babak’s early life, Babak’s introduction to Khurramdin, his

revolt against the arabs. His castle – Ghaleye babak(Bazz Galasi). Babak’s defeat and execution.

3 Azerbaijan during Renaissance period (IX- beginning of XIII

century).

Independent feudal states- Shirvanshahs, Sajjids, Salarids, Shaddadids, Ravvadids. Detailed analysis of Azerbaijan nation’s formation.

The Seljug Empire. The State of Atabegs.Azerbaijan in the period of

developed feudalism. Short content: Tughrul beg, as a founder of Empire, Selcug sultans and their

raids, incorporation of all Azerbaijan into the Empire. The main role of

seljugs in the formation process of Azerbaijan nation. The impact of Seljugs

to the European states plans about changing of world maps in favor of themselves. Decline and collapse of the Empire. The historical role of

Atabeys in the statehood history of Azerbaijan. Shamsaddin Eldeniz’s

personality. To give more information about agrarian-feudal relations, detailed comment on importance of Renaissance period culture.End of

state. Legacy.

Chapter 7,8

Textbook

4 Azerbaijan in XIII-XV centuries.

Mongol yoke in Azerbaijan. Timurid State. Shirvanshahs State in XIV-XV centuries. Feudal states of Azerbaijan in the XV century.

The specific characters of Mongol’s raids. Azerbaijan as part of the state

of Hulakids. The reign of Chobanids and Calairids. Devastating results of the Mongol conquest. Reforms of Ghazan xan. The territory ruling by

Timurid dynasty. Timur’s raids toward Azerbaijan. His relationships with

Garagoyunlu Yusuf, Sultan Ahmed Calayir and Sheykh Ibrahim Darbandi. The weakening of empire after Timur’s death. Ibrahim Darbandi’s

personality as a vassal of Gara Yusuf. The states of Karakoyunlu and

Aghgoyunlu.

The origin and first habitation of both tribes. Gara Yusuf as a leader of

Garagoyunlu state. His successes on driving out of Timurids and Calairids

from Azerbaijan.

Chapter 9,10,11

Textbook

5 Azerbaijan Safavids State (XVI-XVII centuries).

Azerbaijan in XVI century.

Short content: Establishment of Safavids state. İnternal and foreign policy of Shah İsmail I. The reign period of Shah Tahmasib I. Safavids-Ottoman

wars and Azerbaijan. Socio-economic life of Azerbaijan in XVI century.

Azerbaijan in XVII century. Fight for liberation against the Ottoman. The reign of Shah Abbas I and his reforms. Ottoman-Safavids wars in the first

half of XVII century. Istanbul II (Sarab) and Marand treaties.

Chapter 12,13

Textbook

6 Azerbaijan in the first quarter of XVIII century

The conversion of Azerbaijan into the international conflict arena. The reign of Nadir Shah Afshar.

Short content: The social-political situation in Azerbaijan after signing of

Gasri-Shirin treaty (1639). Popular uprising against Safavid rule or its policies. Dividing the territory of Azerbaijan between Russia, Ottoman

Empire and Safavid. Becoming of Nadir khan the main figure of these

processes. Afshar as one of the Turkic tribes. Nadir’s personality and his coming to the throne. His victories, raids, establishing of Empire. The

political situation after his assassination.

Chapter 14,15

Textbook

7 Azerbaijan in the period of Khanates. The second part of XVIII

century.

Chapter 16

Textbook

The khanates of Northern Azerbaijan. Foreign policy. Socio-economy life

in this period. Foreign states aspirations to establish their dominion in the

Caucasus. Aga Mahammad Shah Gacar’s attacks.

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 Azerbaijan in XIX century

Division of Azerbaijan territories between Russia and Iran. Treaty of Gulistan (1813). The secondRussian-Iran war.

Short content: Beginning of Azerbaijan land’s occupation by joining of

Eastern Georgia to Russia. Resistance of Car-Balakan and Ganja against Russian army. The military actions during I Russia-Iran war. Signing of

Gulistan treaty. Europe states, especially England, efforts to incite Iran

against Russia. Negotiations between two states on the eve of second Russian-Iran war. The chief commanders of Caucasus Army and their

activity. Paskevic as a negotiator at the peace talks. Turkmenchay Treaty

(1828).

Resettlement policy. Northern Azerbaijan in 30-70th years of XIX century. Forging Russian Empire in the South Caucasus. German colonies in

Azerbaijan. Intensifying resettlement process of Armenians. National-

colonial policy of Tsarism. Forming of military-curfew regime. National uprisings against this governance system and liquidation of it. Reforms of

40-60th years. Northern Azerbaijan in 70 years- at the beginning of XX

century. Formation of capitalist relations. Peasantry reform of 1870.

Chapter 17,18

Textbook

10 Azerbaijan in the first decades of XX century (1901-1918)

Further progress in oil industry. Development of oil monopolies.

Confrontation between governing bodies and exploited population.

Workers’strikes at the beginning of XX century in Baku. Impact of I Russian revolution(1905-1907) to the political process in

Azerbaijan. Sosial-democratic organization “Hummet”. Activity of

Azerbaijan intelligency on formation of national consciousness. Armenian-

Muslim slaughter in 1905-1906. National parties as “Difai”, “Ittifag-ul-Muslimin”, “Mudafia”, “Musavat”.

All-Russian Congresses. Participation of deputies from Azerbaijan in State

Dumas of Russian Empire. Southern Azerbaijan in 30th years of XIX century-1914.

The movement of Babilar (1848-1852) in Southern Azerbaijan. Iranian

Constitutional Revolution and S.Azerbaijan. Sattarkhan.

Azerbaijan during World War I. Political situation after the February

revolution. Azerbaijan in the system of statehood of South Caucasus. March Genocide.

Azerbaijan in the interests of world countries during WW I. Heroes of war.

Tendency of democratization after the February revolution (1917). Activities of Transcaucasian Comissariat and Seym. Baku Soviet attempts

on weakening the social base of Musavat party. Replacing the idea of

territorial autonomy by the idea of Independence.

Chapter 19,20

Textbook

11 Azerbaijan Democratic Republic (1918-1920)

Declaration of Independence. The activity of Azerbaijan National

Government in Tbilisi. The measures taken on national state-building in

Ganja by ADR. The attack plan of the Baku Council of People’s Commissars to Ganja and military operations for carrying out it. The

successful operations of Azerbaijan National Army. The foundation of the

Centro- Caspian Dictatorship. The liberation of Baku and removing of

Azerbaijan government from Ganja to Baku. Restoring the activity of National Council. The organization of Azerbaijan Parliament. The

Chapter 21

Textbook

Coalition Government. Starting democratic changes in Azerbaijan society.

The cultural-education measures. Agrarian policy of National government.

The activity of Azerbaijan representatives in Paris Peace Conference. The government crisis in April 1920. The occupation march of XI Army. The

internal and external reasons of break-up of ADR. The place and role of

ADR in the history of our nation.

National movement in Southern Azerbaijan. Sheykh Mahammad Khiyabani. Tabriz revolt. Azadistan. (1917-1920)

12 Azerbaijan in the 20-30s of XX century

The first socialist changes and government decrees. The foundation of new communist-bolshevik state structures. Violence of bolsheviks and political

persecutions. Armed revolts. Movement of the bandits. The international

and domestic situation of Azerbaijan SSR in 1920-1922s. Signing of

treaties between RSFSR and Azerbaijan SSR. Treaties of Moscow and Kars. Azerbaijan SSR in the Transcaucasian SFSR and USSR. Discords in

the leadership of Azerbaijan. Formation of Nakhchevan ASSR and NKAO

in the Azerbaijan SSR. Azerbaijan political immigration. Implementation of NEP. Industrialization and collectivization. The serious changes

occurred in the social structure of the population.

Expanding of resistance movement against Soviet rule. The massive repressions in Azerbaijan. The Constitution of 1937 of Azerbaijan SSR.

Chapter 22

Textbook

13 Azerbaijan during the World War II.

Short content: The attack of Fascist Germany to USSR. The plans of

warried states on Azerbaijan. Baku as the main arsenal of Soviet Army. The formation of Azerbaijan national divisions. The participation of

Azerbaijanis in battle fronts, guerilla and anti-fascist resistance movement.

The struggle of Azerbaijanis for the liberation of Moscow, Stalingrad, Caucasus, Ukraine, Belarus lands. The negotiations between Hitler

Germany and political immigrants about Independence of Azerbaijan and

its results.

The national-liberation movement in South Azerbaijan. 21 Azer Movement. The foundation and activity of National Government.

S.J.Pishavari. The reasons of defeat of National-Liberation movement.

Chapter 23

Textbook

14 Azerbaijan in the years after World War II.

Short content: Socio-economic development and political conditions in

Northern Azerbaijan. New industrial cities, strengthening of strong political

situation, deportation of Western azerbaijanis from their homeland by

Soviet leadership in 40-50s years XX century. Anti-Azerbaijan position of Center. The decisions of Council of Ministers of USSR giving by December

23, 1947 and March 10, 1948.

The leadership of 1954-1959 years in Azerbaijan (Imam Mustafayev, Sadiq Rahimov, Mirza Ibrahimov). The warming of Soviet political system and

its influence to the political, cultural life of the national fringes.

Vali Akhundov (1959-1969) and Haydar Aliyev as the first secretary of

Central Committee of Azerbaijan Communist Party (1969-1982). The Constitution of Azerbaijan SSR adopted in 1978.

Chapter 24

Textbook

15 Independent Azerbaijan Republic.

Azerbaijan in the middle of 80s-beginning of 90s of XX century. The struggle for territorial integrity.

The public-political base of collapsing of USSR. Restructuring policy and

its results in Azerbaijan.The policy of Center on aggravating the relations

of the nations. The sharpening of relations between Azerbaijan-Armenia. The deportation of Azerbaijanis living in Armenia with violence from their

homeland.

Chapter 25

Textbook

Internal and foreign policy of Azerbaijan Republic. The escape from the

danger of collapsing of Independent Azerbaijan statehood and its

strengthening process. The Salvation Movement. The effort of making civil war on June, 1993 and its prevent. Returning to the power of Heydar Aliyev.

The Salvation Day. Army Reconstruction. Signing of Ceasefire.

Construction of democracy, state of law and civil society. Strategy of

economic development. Social revival. Acceptance of Constitution of Azerbaijan Republic. Election to National Assembly. Parliament

construction. Restoration of “Great Silk Way”. Activation of TRASEKA

transport passage. Foreign policy strategy of Azerbaijan Republic. Becoming the member of international organizations of Azerbaijan.

Foundation of GUAM. The I Congress of World Azerbaijanis in Baku.

Azerbaijan during the beginning of new, third millenium. Resumption of Nagorno-Karabakh conflicts on the eve of collapse of

Soviet Union, occupation of nearly 20% of Azerbaijan lands by Armenian

military troops. Sounding ideas of independence from Freedom Square.

Black January. The Constitutional Act of the 18th October of 1991, legal-democratic state building, about reforms, struggle for the strengthening of

Independence of the Republic of Azerbaijan, successful relations with

foreign countries.

FINAL EXAM

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 4 4

Individual or Group Work 6 2 12

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation)

Homework 3 1 3

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 4 4

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 70

Total Workload/30(h) 2.3

ECTS Credit of the Course 2

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS

Course unit code ECON 1101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 1st Year

Semester/trimester when

the course unit is delivered

1st

Semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

6

Name of lecturer Rovshan Guliev

Class information Location: Rooms:

Time: Tuesday, Friday

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description

The main objective of the course consists of receiving the knowledge by

students necessary for understanding of the mechanism of functioning of

economy at the micro- and macro-levels, and also the analysis of consequences of the pursued state policy. It is important as development of market economy is

defined by the independent actions of a great number of producers and

consumers pursuing own interests and them it is necessary to consider at

adoption of economic decisions at the state level.

Microeconomic approach allows studying obviously not observed economic processes and the relations which are found in daily practice between the main

economic agents: business managers, consumers.

The course covers the cause-and-effect relations of the main macroeconomic

indexes and the main tools of public economic policy. Assimilation of a course will allow listeners to explain the macroeconomic phenomena, to

build models of relationship of macroeconomic indicators.

When teaching Introduction to Economics tasks of mastering students are set by

theoretical knowledge and ability to apply them to practical problems in economy.

Learning outcomes the course:

• Understanding microeconomics methodology,

• Acquiring concept of market balance

• Understanding behavior of households and firms under the influence of

changes of exogenous variables in various market

• Understanding how the general balance in economy is reached,

• Explaining in what imperfection of the market and need of intervention of

the state consists.

• Acquiring skills of analyzing of concrete situations in economy from

microeconomics and macroeconomics positions.

Students have to be able to solve specific mathematical objectives on

microeconomics, and also problems of the state intervention in the commodity

market for establishment of the desirable price.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional

program components

NA

Recommended or

required reading

1. The Textbook: Campbell R. McConnell, Stanly L. Brue. “Economics:

Principles, Problems, and Policies” 19th edition (2011) (or earlier editions).

2. Option: Mankiw G. Principles of Economics, 7th Edition (2014).

3. The Slides: Campbell R. McConnell, Stanly L. Brue. “Economics: Principles, Problems, and Policies” - McGraw-Hill/Irwin, 2005.

Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters. Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in

printed forms.

Planned learning

activities and teaching

methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, quizzes

feedback and presentation sessions, discussion sessions

Language of instruction English

Work placement NA

Course contents:

1 The nature and method Economics

• The economizing problem

• The main Concepts of Economics.

• The economic goals.

• Levels of economy and economics.

• Positive and Negative economics.

1:

Chapter 1 3:

Chapter I.01, I.02

2

Economic Efficiency

• Factors of production.

• Economic Efficiency.

• Production possibilities curve

• The economic systems.

1: Chapter 2 3:

Chapter I.02,

I.04

3 Demand, supply, and market equilibrium

• Demand. Low of demand. Determinants of demand.

• Supply. Low of Supply. Determinants of Supply.

• Market Equilibrium.

• Ceiling and floor prices.

Lab. Simulating of equilibrium price finding

1:

Chapter 3 3:

Chapter I.03

4

Elasticity of demand and supply

• Price Elasticity of demand.

1:

Chapter 4

• Price Elasticity of supply.

• Income Elasticity of demand.

• Cross Elasticity.

Lab. Simulating of finding different type of elasticity

3:

Chapter I.05

5

Indifference curve analysis. Utility maximization

• Marginal and Total Utility.

• Low of diminishing Marginal Utility.

• Consumer equilibrium in cardinalist approach.

• Indifference curve.

• Budget line.

• Consumer equilibrium in ordinalist approach.

Quiz.

1: Chapter 5

3: Chapter

I.06, I.06 app

6 The cost of production

• Explicit and implicit costs.

• Fixed and variable costs.

• Economic profit.

• Total, Marginal and average product.

• Law of Diminishing Returns.

• Average Total cost, Average variable cost, Marginal cost.

Lab. Simulating of finding different type of costs

1: Chapter 6

3: Chapter I.07

7 Market structures.

• Pure competition.

• Pure monopoly.

• Monopolistic Competition.

• Oligopoly.

Quiz.

1: Chapter 6

3: Chapter I.08

I. 09, I.10

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 Private and Public Sectors

• Economic functions of government.

• Market failures.

• Public goods and externalities

1: Chapter 7

3: Chapter

II.05

10 National Accounting System

• GDP.

• NDP, NI, PI, DI.

• Nominal and real GDP.

• Price index

Lab. Simulating of computing National Accounting Indicators

1: Chapter 8

3: Chapter

II.07

11

Economic Growth and Instability. Multiplier

• Economic growth.

• Business cycles.

• Unemployment.

• Inflation.

1: Chapter 9

3: Chapter

II.08, II.09

Lab. Simulating of calculation of Unemployment rate and Inflation

12 Fiscal policy

• Aggregate demand and aggregate supply.

• Fiscal policy instruments.

• Fiscal policy.

Quiz.

1: Chapter 9

3: Chapter

II.11, II.12

13 Money and Banking

• Money.

• Money aggregates.

• Money demand and supply.

• Monetary multiplier.

1: Chapter 8

3: Chapter

II.13, II.14

14 Monetary Policy

• Functions of central bank.

• Instruments of monetary policy.

• Monetary policy.

Quiz.

1: Chapter 9

3: Chapter

II.15

15 Public Debt. Balance of Payment.

• State budget.

• Types of budget implementation.

• Deficits, surpluses, and debt.

• Exchange Rates.

• BOP.

• Trade Deficit.

1: Chapter 12

3: Chapter

II.18, II.21

FINAL EXAM

Activities Number Duration

(hour) Total Workload (hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 18 18

Individual or Group Work 14 5 70

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation)

Homework 5 5 25

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 20 20

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 180

Total Workload/30(h) 6

ECTS Credit of the Course 6

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title ANALYSIS I AND LINEAR ALGEBRA

course unit code MATH 1101

type of course unit Compulsory

level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

year of study 1st

year

semester/trimester when the

course unit is delivered

1st

semester

number of ECTS credits

allocated

8

name of lecturer Aliyev Yagub Clas information Location: Time: Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment

description and the learning outcomes of the course unit

Description of the course unit:

The module addresses classical issues of Analytic Geometry, Analysis and Linear

Algebra. Analytic Geometry is a branch of algebra that is used to model geometric objects points, (straight) lines, and circles being the most basic of

these. Analytic geometry is a great invention of Descartes and Fermat. Calculus

studies properties of functions related to its derivatives and integral. Limits and

continuity. Derivatives. Rules of differentiation. Higher order derivatives. Chain

rule. Related rates. Rolle's and the mean value theorem. Critical Points.

Asymptotes. Curve sketching. Integrals. Fundamental Theorem. Techniques of

integration.

Definite integrals. Application to geometry and science. Indeterminate forms.

L'Hospital's Rule. Improper integrals. Infinite series. Geometric series. Power

series. Taylor series and binomial series.

Linear Algebra is a requirement for mathematics and physics majors, and it’s

highly recommended for majors in other sciences especially including Industrial Engineering majors. Topics include systems of linear equations and their

solutions, matrices and matrix algebra, inverse matrices; determinants and

permutations; real n-dimensional vector spaces, abstract vector spaces and their

axioms, linear transformations; inner products (dot products), orthogonality, cross

products, and their geometric applications; subspaces, linear independence, bases

for vector spaces, dimension, matrix rank; eigenvectors, eigenvalues, matrix

diagonalization. Some applications of linear algebra will be discussed, such as

computer graphics, Kirchoff’s laws, linear regression (least squares), Fourier

series, or differential equations.

Students will be able to apply the concepts and methods described in the

syllabus, they will be able to solve problems using linear algebra, they will know a number of applications of linear algebra, and they will be able to follow

complex logical arguments and develop modest logical arguments. The text and

class discussion will introduce the concepts, methods, applications, and logical

arguments; students will practice them and solve problems on daily assignments,

and they will be tested on project writing, midterm, and the final.

Learning Outcomes:

• good understanding of the concepts and methods of Analytic

Geometry, Analysis and Linear Algebra

• ability to solve problems using Analytic Geometry, Analysis and

Linear Algebra.

• connect Analytic Geometry, Analysis and Linear Algebra to other

fields both within and without mathematics.

• develop abstract and critical reasoning by studying logical proofs and the axiomatic method as applied to Analytic Geometry, Analysis and

Linear Algebra.

mode of delivery Face-to-face

prerequisites and co-requisites None

recommended optional

programme components

-

course contents Unit /Topic /Content

Reference to textbook and

chapter(s)

1) Basics a) quantities, algebra, sets of numbers b) Direct, indirect proof,

1, Ch. 1

2) induction c) Real numbers:

inequalities, absolute value,

1, Ch. 2

6, Ch. 2

3) number sequences, limit theorems Vector Calculus a) vector algebra, scalar,

vector and triple product b) Geometric

applications

1, Ch. 3

6, Ch. 2

4) Complex numbers: Cartesian, Euler representation, roots, complex series

1, Ch. 3 2, Ch. 3 1, Ch. 5

5) Functions a) limits, continuity,

6) intermediate value theorem, maximum, minimum b) Elementary

Functions c) inverse functions

1, Ch. 5

2, Ch. 1

7) Differential calculus

a) first and higher order, derivation rules, derivatives of elementary

derivatives functions

1, Ch. 7 3, ch. 3

8) b) Intermediate value theorem c) Monotone, convex functions, extreme

values,

1, Ch. 1

9) rule of de l'Hospital, iterative

numerical approximations

1, Ch. 2 2, Ch. 2

10) Integration a) Riemann sums, definite

integral, fundamental theorem of

differential and integral calculus,

Indefinite

Integral, integration rules b)

integration techniques

1, Ch. 3 3, Ch. 2

11) c) Applications: area,

Curve lenth, center of mass, Guldinus

rules d) average of a function, integral calculus, Taylor formula

1, Ch. 3 3Ch. 2,

12) Infinite series a) Numerical rows Majorants, quotient, root, integral, alternating

2, Ch. 5

series tests b) sets of functions: uniform convergence, term by term

integration and differentiation

13) c) power series, radius of convergence, arithmetic power series,

Taylor series

1, Ch. 5

4, Ch. 11

14) Series expansions of elementary

functions, some applications 1, Ch. 6, ch. 3,4

15) Linear Algebra a) Systems of linear equations, n-dimensional

Euclidean space, matrices,

determinants, Cramer's

rule b) eigenvalue problems

Coordinate transformations, conics.

1, Ch. 1

recommended or required

reading

1. Ross L. Finney, Maurice D. Weir, Frank R. Giordano

Thomas` CALCULUS Early Transcendentals 2012

2. Derek J. S. Robinson, A Course in Linear Algebra with

Applications, World Scientific, 1991. 3. J. Stewart, Calculus, Brooks/Cole, 2012.

planned learning activities and

teaching methods

Lectures, class discussions, solving tasks, research paper, passing quizzes

and exams

language of instruction English

work placement(s) -

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total

Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 4 56

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 20 20

Individual or Group Work 14 5 70

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation)

Homework 11 6 66

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 23 23

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 240

Total Workload/30(h) 8

ECTS Credit of the Course 8

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title ENGINEERING MECHANICS A: STATICS

Course unit code TECH 1101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First Cycle Bachelor

Year of study 1st

year

Semester/trimester when the course unit is delivered

1st

semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated 5

Name of lecturer ValehI. Bakhshaliev

Class information Location: Room: 4

Time: Monday, Thursday

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Course description: Mechanics is the oldest and the most highly developed branch oftechnical sciences. As important foundation of

engineering, its relevance continues to increase as its range of

application grows.

Technical Mechanics divided into Statics, Elastostatics and Dynamics. Statics

is the study of force sacting on bodies that are in equilibrium.

To investigate statics problems, it is necessary to be familiar

with some basic terms, formulas, and work principles.

This course deals with fundamental knowledge of concepts, and the basic

methods of calculation of the Statics.

The course consists of information for Theory of equilibrium of forces,

methods of calculation of forces and moments, analytical methods of equilibrium of mechanical systems, principle of virtual work (Lagrange

principle), calculation of the external and internal reactions of beam structures,

analysis of plane trusses, theory of static friction, properties of plane surfaces.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

After completing the course, students should be able to :

• Explain the importance of Technical Mechanics and describe their

role in practice.

• Explain the concepts of Statics used in practical problems.

• Explain the equilibrium conditions of rigid bodies.

• Define the reaction forces of constraints.

• Solution and static account of constructions and trusses.

• Explain the static friction laws in sliding and rolling friction.

• Define the center of gravity of rigid bodies.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and

co-requisites

None

Recommended

optional

programme

components

Recommended or

required readings

Required readings:

1. Ferdinand P.Beer ,E.Russel Johnston, Jr. Vector Mechanics for Engineers: Statics and Dynamics, McGraw-Hill International Edition, 6th ed., 2007

2. Dietmar Gross etc. Engineering Mechanics 1. Statics, Springer Textbook, 2013 3. Irving H. Shames. Engineering Mechanics. Statics. IV edition, – Pearson

Education Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2003 4. Targ S. Theoretical mechanics, Moscow, 2005 5. Fritzen, C.-P., TechnischeMechanik I, Vorlesungsskript, 2004

6. Wolfgang H. Muller, Ferdinand Ferber. TechnischeMechanik fur Ingenieure, Fachbuchverlag Leipzig im Carl HanserVerlag, 2008

7. Joseph F. Shelley. Engineering Mechanics. Dynamics. McGraw – Hill Book Company, 2006

8. Barry Onouye. Statics and Sterength of Materials. Pearson Education. Inc., New

Jersey, 2005

Optional readings:

9. Bakhshaliev V.I. Explanatory Dictionary of Mechanics: Main concepts, theorems, laws in Azerbaijani, Russian, English and German. Baku: Science Development Foundation of Azerbaijan, 2012

10. Bakhshaliev V.I. Engineering Mechanics with solution of problems, Baku, “Elm”, 2012

Planned learning

activities and

teaching methods

Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams

Language of

instruction

English

Work placement(s) –

Course contents

1 Introduction to Statics:

• Bases and axioms of Statics,

• vector calculation,

• concept of force.

[2], Ch. 1,

p.7

2 Constrained body: [2], Ch. 1,

p.7,16

• Constraints and their reactions,

• Projection of a force on an axis and on a plane.

✓ Solutionoftheexercises.

3 Force system:

• System of forces applied at points,

• notion and representation,

• equivalence and equilibrium in planar and spatial problems.

✓ Solutionoftheexercises.

[2], Ch. 2, p.30

4 Couple forces:

• Composition of two parallel forces. A force couple.

• The theorems about the couples.

✓ Solutionoftheexercises.

[2], Ch.3

5 Reduction of a force system:

• The force moment about a point and an axis.

• Reduction of a force system to a given centre. Main moment and main

vector.

✓ Solution of the exercises.

(Quiz I, chapters 1, 2)

[2], Ch. 3,

p.42

6 Coplanar force system:

• Resultant force, resolution of forces,

• Equilibrium conditions.

✓ Solutionoftheexercises.

[2], Ch. 3,

p.60

7 Space force system:

• moment of a force with respect to an axis,

• equilibrium conditions.

✓ Solution of the exercises.

(Quiz II, chapters 3)

[2], Ch.3,

p.71

8 Midterm examination

9 Beam structure:

• position, reactions of a constraints, load ability, hinge connections,

• internal and external forces in beams and frames, distributed

loading, the concentrated forces,

• coplanar trusses, method of joints and sections, statically

determinate problems.

✓ Solutionoftheexercises.

[2], Ch.7,

p.175

10 Analysis of Trusses:

• Static determinate of Trusses, not tension rods,

• account of reaction forces of rods by method of isolation of joints and

by methods of cuts (Ritter’s method).

✓ Solutionoftheexercises.

[2], Ch.6,

p.153

11 Theory of friction:

• Coulomb dry friction, equilibrium with friction,

• sliding and belt friction,

• rolling friction.

✓ Solutionoftheexercises.

[2], Ch.9,

p.261

12 Centre of gravity: [2], Ch.4,

• Heavy material body: center of gravity, a volume,

• a plane and alinear body,

• properties ofsurfaces: moments of inertia and area.

✓ Solution of the exercises.

(Quiz III, chapters 6, 7)

p.91

13 Statics of a flexible thread:

• Equilibrium of a flexible thread,

• Statics of cable and chains.

✓ Solutionoftheexercises.

[2], Ch.5,

p.119

14 Analytical statics:

• definition of work, principle of virtual work,

• mechanical models and Lagrange principle (Principle of vital

displacement). ✓ Solutionoftheexercises.

[2], Ch.8,

p.223

15 Presentations

Final examination

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 4 56

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 14 14

Individual or Group Work 14 3 42

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 1 13

13

Homework 2 3 6

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 14 14

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 150

Total Workload/30(h) 5

ECTS Credit of the Course 5

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title GERMAN 2 DEUTSCH 2

Course unit code GERM 1102

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First Cycle Bachelor

Year of study 1st year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit

is delivered

2nd Semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

5

Name of lecturer Husejnzade Xoschgadam

Class information

Location: Time: Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes

of the course unit

Kursbeschreibung

Deutsch als Fremdsprache

-ist konzipiert für erwachsene Lerner ohne Vorkenntnisse

-orientiert sich am Gemeinsamen Europäischen Referenzrahmen

- führt mit Schritte 2 zum Niveau A1 und bereitet gezielt auf die Prüfung Start Deutsch 1 vor.

- ist durch die alltagsrelevanten Themen speziell für Kurze im Inland geeignet

- ist transparent und übersichtlich: jede der 7 kurzen Lektionen besteht aus in sich abgeschlossenen Modulen zur schnellen Orientierung

Dieser Kursus ist für die SU- Programm studierenden Studenten vorgesehen. Nach dem

Studienprogramm ist es vorgesehen, Deutsch 3 Semester zu studieren: in den ersten und

zweiten Semestern – Grundkursus, im dritten Semester technisches Deutsch.

Es enthält das deutsche Alphabet, phonetische Einführung, 16 Lektionen, Wörterverzeichnis zu jeder Lektion und liste der starken und unregelmäßigen

Verben.

Das Ziel des Kursus ist den Studierenden Grundkenntnisse zu geben, vier

Kommunikationsfertigkeiten: Hören, Sprechen, Lesen und Schreiben zu lehren. Am Ende des Moduls haben die Studierenden in der Lage:

Ideen und Konzepte an andere weiterzugeben;

• in Teams und kleinen Gruppen und Paaren zusammenzuarbeiten;

• Informationen, die für eine bestimmte Aufgabe erforderlich sind zu identifizieren, zu

suchen und zu analysieren

Vokabeln zum Text, Sprachkenntnisse und Fähigkeiten zu verstehen, die die Schüler bei

der Arbeit vermitteln müssen.

allgemeine und professionelle Sprache in Diskussionen und Sprechen zu verwenden

Forschungsarbeiten zu bestimmten, durch das Modul abgedeckten Themen

durchzuführen

• ihre wissenschaftliche Lesekompetenz und Denkenfähigkeit zu erweitern.

dieses Wissen in die Praxis umzusetzen.

• Lesen, Schreiben, Präsentieren und Bewerten von Geschäftsberichten

Mode of delivery Schritte und Deutsch, Zawjalova (für Anfänger)

Prerequisites and

co-requisites

GERM 1101

Recommended

optional programme

components

1. Text: Auf dem Postamt,

Dialog „Ich will ein Telegramm eingeben“

Grammatik. Modalverben.

Satzreihe ,Übungen machen

Lektion 1

2. Den Text übersetzen, den Text nacherzählen, Satzreihe,

Deklination der Adjektive Dialog :„Auf der Post“

3. “Im Warenhaus” lessen und übersetzen

1. Teil, den Text ,Imperativ , Ordnungszahlwörter

4. Den II. Teil den Text nacherzählen

Pronomen “man”

Lektion 2

5. “Weihnachten” Der 1. Teil den Text nacherzählen

Genitivpräpositionen

Präteritum “sein”, “haben” Dialog

6. Satzgefüge, Objektnebensatz Nationalfeste in Aserbaidshan

7. “In der Buchhandlung” lessen und übersetzen

Grammatik: Kausalnebensätze, Prominaladverbien

Lektion 3

8. Zwischenprüfung

9. “Mahlzeiten”lesen und übersetzen

Unbestimmte Pronomen

Doppelkonjunktionen Dialog

10. “Die Jahreszeiten” lesen und übersetzen

Futurum Pronomen „es“

11. Den Text nacherzählen Lektion 4

12. “Eine Reise nach Deutschland”lessen

13. Attributnebensätze

Infinitiv

Deutschland

Lektion 4

14. “Der Urlaub” lesen

Konditionalnebensätze

15. Übungen,

Wiederholung des Durchgenommenen

Recommended or

required reading

Lehrbücher, Deutsch, Schritte

Planned learning

activities and

Disk Ein Arbeitsbuch mit zahlreichen Übungen, ausführlicher Phonetikprogramm, miit CD/

Kassetten ussionen in der Klasse, Material aus dem Lehrbuch , Aufgaben

teaching methods Lessen

Language of instruction German

Work placement(s) -

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour) Total Workload(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 11 11

Individual or Group Work 14 3 42

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Homework 14 3 42

Quizzes 2 4 8

Final Examination 1 3 3

Total Workload 150

Total Workload/30(h) 5

ECTS Credit of the Course 5

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title ENGLISH II

Course unit code ENGL 1102

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 1st

year

Semester when the

course unit is delivered

2nd Semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

5

Name of lecturers Gulnara Ahmadova

Class information Location: Room:

Time: Monday, 12.15, Tuesday, 08.30. Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description

Market Leader is a multi-level business course for students of business

English. It has been developed in association with the Financial Times, one of the leading sources of business information in the world. This third edition

of the intermediate level features completely updated content and

significantly enhanced range of authentic resource material, reflecting the latest trends in the business world. The course will improve students’ ability

to communicate in English in a wide range of business situations. It will

develop the students to succeed in business and enlarge their knowledge in

the business world. Grammar section is intended to give practical aid to students. Most of them

still have gaps in their knowledge, gaps that become increasingly apparent as

they put language in writing form. This course will help the students correct

their problems.

Learning Outcomes of the Course: After completing the course, students should be able to:

• know important new words and phrases on business

• read authentic articles on a variety of topics from FT and other newspapers and books on business and discuss them

• develop students’ reading skills to enable them to skim the text for

main idea, to scan the text for specific information, to interpret it for

inferences, attitudes and styles, to deduce meanings from the

context;

• develop the students’ writing skills to enable them to respond to input applying information to a special task, to elicit, to select, to

summarize information in a range of writing activities, such as essay,

articles, reports, summary, e-mail

• develop the students’ listening skills to enable them to

understand and apply specific information from the input on

business

• develop students’ ability to apply knowledge of the language system

and practice their speaking skills in realistic business situations

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

ENGL 1101

Recommended optional programme components

Recommended or

required reading

1. MARKET LEADER Business English Course Book Intermediate. by

David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent,3rd

Edition, Pearson, Financial Times England, 2013

2. Bill Mascull’s Business Vocabulary in Use Cambridge Professional English 2010.

3. Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Classroom and case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and

presentation sessions, discussion sessions

Language of instruction English

Work placement(s)

Course contents:

1 • BRANDS

Discussion: Talk about your favourite brands

• 21. Marketing & market orientation . Case study: Hudson

Corporation Writing: e-mail

Unit 1 page 6

Business

Vocabulary

(BV) BV 21

2 • TRAVEL

Discussion: Talk about your travel experiences Case study: BTS: Retain a travel agent's key client Listening

practice. Writing: e-mail

Unit 2 Page14

3 • CHANGE

Discussion: Attitudes to change in general and at work

• 30 Assets, Liabilities & Balance Sheet . Case study Acquiring Asia Entertainment: Solve the problems arising from a recent merger

Writing: action minutes

Unit 3 Page

22

BV 30

4 • ORGANISATION

Discussion: Talk about status within an organisation

Case study: InStep's relocation: Decide on the relocation site of a shoe

manufacturer

Listening practice. Writing: e-mail

Unit 4 Page 36

5 • ADVERTISING

Discussion: Discuss authentic advertisements

• 37.Trading Case study: Alpha Advertising: Develop an

advertising campaign Writing: summary

Unit 5 Page44

BV 37

6 • MONEY

Discussion: Do a Quiz and discuss attitudes to money

Unit 6 Page

52

Listening practice.

7 • Case study Make your pitch: Present a new idea to investors

Writing: e-mail

• 39. Indicators REVISION

Unit 6 Page 62

BV 39

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 • CULTURES

Discussion: The importance of cultural awareness in business

• 40.Wrongdoing & corruption Case study: Business culture briefing: Prepare a talk on business Culture

Writing: report

Unit 7 Page 67

BV 40

10 • HUMAN RESOURCES

Discussion: Talk about job interviews

Case study: Fast Fitness: Find a new manager for a health dub chain

Listening practice. Writing: letter

Unit 8

Page 74

11 • INTERNATIONAL MARKETS

Discussion: Discuss the development of international markets

• 43. Stress & stress management. Case study: Pampas Leather Company: Negotiate a deal on leather Goods. Writing: e-mail

Unit 9 Page 82

BV 43

12 • ETHICS

Discussion: Discuss questions of ethics at work

Case study: Principles or profit?: Debate some ethical dilemmas facing a drugs company Listening practice. Writing: report

Unit 10 Page

96

13 • LEADERSHIP

Discussion: Discuss the qualities of good leadership

• 46. Bisiness across cultures Case study: Lina Sports: Decide on the

best leader for a troubled sportswear manufacturer

Writing: e-mail

Unit 11 p.104

BV 46

14 • COMPETITION

Discussion: Do a quiz on how competitive you are

Unit 12 p. 112

15 • Case study: Fashion House: Negotiate new contracts with

Suppliers Listening practice. Writing: e-mail

• 63. Negotiations. REVISION

Unit 12 p.122

BV 63

FINAL EXAM Total 45 hours

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour) Total Workload(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Individual or Group Work 14 3 42

Homework 14 3 42

Quizzes 2 2 4

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Final Exam 1 3 3

Preparation for Final Exam 1 10 10

Total Workload 150

Total Workload/30(h) 5

ECTS Credit of the Course 5

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE I Course unit code COMP 1101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 1st

year

Semester when the course unit is delivered

2nd

Semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

3

Name of lecturer Javanshir Alizadeh

Class information Location: Room: Time: Mondays

Contact: [email protected],

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Course Description

This course presents a breadth-first overview of the discipline that assumes no prior background in computer science, programming, or mathematics.This

course covers all necessary material for introductory computer science and

includes a choice of five programming language modules (online). Students

will gain a solid background in computing hardware and software, networks, programming languages, and applications.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

After completing this course, students should be able to:

1. Understand fundamental ideas such as the design of algorithms,

algorithmic problem solving, abstraction, pseudocode, and iteration. 2. Understand the basic building blocks of computer systems—binary

numbers, Boolean logic, gates, and circuits. Demonstrate how these

elementary concepts can be combined to construct a real computer using the Von Neumann architecture, composed of processors, memory, and

input/output.

3. Describe how system software can create a friendly, user-oriented

problem-solving environment. 4. Write programs to solve interesting problems.

5. Explore important uses of computers in our modern society.

6. Address the social, ethical, and legal issues raised by pervasive computer

technology.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional programme components

Different networking instruments

Recommended or required

reading

The Textbook:

Invitation to Computer Science, SeventhEdition, G. Michael Schneider & Judith L. Gersting, Course Technology 2016

References:

Computer Science: An Overview, 12th Edition, Glenn Brookshear, Dennis

Brylow, ©2015, Pearson

Planned learning activities and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and presentation sessions, discussion sessions

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1 The Definition of Computer Sciences

▪ The Role of Algorithms

▪ The History of Computing ▪ An Outline of Our Study ▪ The Overarching Themes of Computer Science

LAB:Building a Glossary

Chapter 0 (Textbook)

2&3

Data Storage

▪ Bits and their Storage ▪ Main Memory ▪ Mass Storage

▪ Representing Information as Bit Patterns

▪ The Binary System ▪ Storing Integers

▪ Storing Fractions

▪ Data and Programming ▪ Data Compression ▪ Communication Errors

LAB: Data Storage Problems

Chapter 1

(Textbook)

3 Data Manipulation

▪ Computer Architecture

▪ Machine Language

▪ Program Execution ▪ Arithmetic/Logic Instructions ▪ Communicating with Other Devices

▪ Programming Data Manipulation

LAB: Assignment – Circuit Basics

Chapter 2 (Textbook)

4 Operating Systems

▪ The History of Operating Systems ▪ Operating System Architecture ▪ Coordinating the Machine’s Activities

▪ Fiber Channel interface standards ▪ Handling Competition Among Processes ▪ Security

Lab. Windows 10

Chapter 3 (Textbook)

5 Networking and the Internet

▪ Network Fundamentals

▪ The Internet ▪ The World Wide Web ▪ Internet Protocols

▪ Security

Lab. Web page design (Dreamweaver)

Chapter4

(Textbook)

6 Algorithms

▪ The Concept of an Algorithm 218 ▪ Algorithm Representation 221 ▪ Algorithm Discovery 228

▪ Iterative Structures 234

▪ Recursive Structures 245 ▪ Efficiency and Correctness 25

Lab.C++ examples (Eclipse compiler).

Chapter 5 (Textbook)

7 Programming Languages

▪ Historical Perspective ▪ Traditional Programming Concepts ▪ Procedural Units

▪ Language Implementation

▪ Object-Oriented Programming

Chapter 6 (Textbook)

▪ Programming Concurrent Activities

Lab. C++ examples (Eclipse compiler).

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 Software Engineering

▪ The Software Engineering Discipline ▪ The Software Life Cycle

▪ Software Engineering Methodologies ▪ Modularity

▪ Tools of the Trade ▪ Quality Assurance

▪ Documentation

Chapter 7

(Textbook)

10 Data Abstractions

▪ Basic Data Structures

▪ Related Concepts ▪ Implementing Data Structures ▪ A Short Case Study

▪ Customized Data Types ▪ Classes and Objects ▪ Pointers in Machine Language

Chapter 7

(Textbook)

11 Database Systems

▪ Database Fundamentals ▪ The Relational Model

▪ Object-Oriented Databases ▪ Maintaining Database Integrity ▪ Traditional File Structures

▪ Data Mining

Lab.MS Access database

Chapter 8

(Textbook)

12 Computer Graphics

▪ The Scope of Computer Graphics

▪ Overview of 3D Graphics ▪ Modeling

▪ Rendering

▪ Dealing with Global Lighting

Lab.TBA

Chapter 9

(Textbook)

13 Artificial Intelligence

▪ Intelligence and Machines

▪ Perception ▪ Reasoning

▪ Additional Areas of Research

▪ Artificial Neural Networks

▪ Robotics

Lab: TBA

Chapter 10 (Textbook)

14 Theory of Computation

▪ Functions and Their Computation

▪ Turing Machines ▪ Universal Programming Languages

▪ Noncomputable Function

▪ Complexity of Problems

Lab:Public-Key Cryptography

Chapter 11 (Textbook)

15 REVISION. Revision

FINAL EXAM

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Individual or group work 14 2 28

Labs and Tutorials 14 1 14

Assignment 1 1 1

Project/Presentation/Report

E-learning activities

Quizzes 1 1 1

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 91

Total Workload/30(h) 3

ECTS Credit of the Course

3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY I

Course unit code TECH 1102

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 1st

year

Semester when the

course unit is delivered

2nd Semester

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3

Name of lecturers Telman Askeraliyev

Class information Location: Room: 1,4 Time: Wednesday, Thursday Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description

The educational purpose of the Materials Science Engineering program is to provide students with a unique interdisciplinary academic foundation on which it is easy to

continue developing intellectual capacity. During the course not only the basic

overview of materials and the material production and treatment technologies will be presented but a strong emphasis is made to address complex problems in

materials science using knowledge about advances in nanotechnology, electronic

materials, biomaterials, novel alloys, and the selection of materials to meet design

goals.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

After completing the course, students should be able to:

• To distinguish between different types of materials;

• To understand various types of techniques for producing and treating

materials;

• To provide useful information on mechanical properties of materials;

• To participate in designing and selection of materials for producing new products;

• To design and conduct various material testing activities for providing better

quality to the users.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

Recommended or

required reading

Textbook:

1.Fundamentals of Material Science and Engineering, William D. Callister, Jr.,

2001, J.Willey and Sons , Inc.;

Optional:

2.Essentials of Supply Chain Management, Third Edition Paperback – July 6, 2011,

by Michael H. Hugos

3. Procurement and supply processes, A CIPS Profex Study Packs

4. The Principles of Engineering Materials, Facsimile Edition

by Craig R. Barrett (Author), Alan S. Tetelman (Author), William D. Nix (Author)

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Lectures, class projects, reading materials from textbook, quizzes,

discussions, exams.

Language of instruction English

Work placement(s) NA

Course contents:

1 Introduction to Material Science – 1

Material Science definition, historical perspective, specific strength

Lab 1: – Calculating stress of the material using Microsoft Excel. Analysis of stress formula represented in Excel spreadsheet;

Discussions - The future of materials science and visualizing current trends in

the development of this field

Team work - Discussing the review of companies in order to select one project

for further development

Ch. 1,

[1],

http://www.enginee ringtoolbox.com/str

ess-strain-

d_950.html

2

Introduction to Material Science – 2

stress, kind of stresses, basic properties, material types

Team work - developing the review part of the project

Ch.7,

[1]

3 Material Testing – 1

stress measurements, components of stress, strain

Lab 2: – Calculating the strain of the material using Microsoft Excel.

Analysis of strain formula represented in Excel spreadsheet;

Team work - developing the review part of the project

Ch.7, [1],

http://www.enginee

ringtoolbox.com

4

Material Testing – 2

importance of testing materials, materials research, standards,

Ch.7, [1]

different kinds of properties

5

Metallography – 1

basic definitions, metallographer, application of metallography, metallographic specimen, sample preparation

Discussion – purpose of experiments on metallography specimen

Ch.5, [1]

http://imechanica.or g/files/quiz9.pdf

6 Metallography – 2

sectioning, fracturing, sawing, abrasive wheel sectioning, mounting, grinding, polishing, etching

Team work - developing the review part of the project

Ch.5, [1]

7 Structures of solid phases – 1

Crystal structure, types of solids, unit cell definition, types of crystalline

structures

Lab 3 – Calculating the Young’s Modulus of the material using Microsoft

Excel. Analysis of Young’s Modulus represented in Excel spreadsheet;

Ch.3, [1]

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 Structures of solid phases – 2

FCC, Atomic packing factor, density, BCC, HCP, Allotropy, Anisotropy

Team work - developing the project – final project

Ch.3, [1]

10 Mechanical properties – 1

physical and optical properties, electrical properties, magnetic properties; Lab 4:

Analysis of stress-strain curve using Microsoft Excel - 1;

Creating realistic representation of stress-strain interrelationship for steel in Excel

spreadsheet;

(reference - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5ZG-3THmF3Q)

Ch.7, [1]

http://www.enginee

ringtoolbox.com

11

Mechanical properties – 2

nuclear properties, thermal properties, fabrication properties Labs:

Analysis of stress-strain curve using Microsoft Excel - 2;

Creating realistic representation of stress-strain interrelationship for steel in Excel spreadsheet;

(reference - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5ZG-3THmF3Q)

Ch.7, [1]

http://www.physics

247.com/physics- tutorial/hookes-

law.shtml

12 Composite materials – 1

Classification of composite materials, particle reinforced, fiber reinforced ,

Ch.15, [1]

structural composite

Team work - developing the project – final project – discussions related to the material selection and creating a technology for developing a product

13 Composite materials – 2

composite material manufacturing processes, sintering, curing, open mold processes

Lab 4 –Analysis of Hooke’s Law represented in Excel spreadsheet;

Ch.15, [1]

14 Materials selection and Design – 1

Material selection, Product analysis, Case study, System analysis, data

sources, material selection chart

Ch.20, [1]

15 Materials selection and Design – 2

classification of materials, main factors to consider when designing,

fatigue, corrosion

Team work - final part – discussing of the results obtained during the work under

project, presentations if available

Discussions – review of the subject, goals obtained and conclusion

Ch.20, [1]

FINAL EXAM

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Individual or group work 10 4 40

Labs and Tutorials 2

1

2

Assignment

1

1

1

Project/Presentation/Report

E-learning activities

Quizzes

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 90

Total Workload/30(h) 3

ECTS Credit of the Course

3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title INTRODUCTION TO TECHNICAL VIEW

Course unit code TECH 1103

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 1st

year

Semester when the course

unit is delivered

2nd

Semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

3

Name of lecturers Rauf Malikov

Class information Location: Room 1513

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description.

This course teaches the basics of engineering drawing utilizing free hand sketching, mechanical drawing, and computer aided drafting and solid

modeling. The fundamental principles of orthographic projection as well as

the topics of dimensioning, sectional views, isometric and perspective

pictorials views, descriptive geometry and assembly drawings are taught. Course objectives.

To enable students to acquire and use engineering drawing skills as a means of accurately and clearly communicating ideas, information and instructions.

To enable students to acquire requisite knowledge, techniques and attitude

required for advanced study of engineering drawing

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

Recommended or required

reading

1.N.D. Bhatt, “Engineering Drawing” Charotar Publishing House, 46 Edition,

(2003)

2.I.A.Habibov, G.S.Baghirova “Engineering Drawing”, Baku,2016

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and presentation sessions, discussion sessions, independent works

Language of instruction English

Weeks Course contents

Week 1 Introduction to Engineering Graphics. The methods of projections. Planes of

projection. Four quadrants. Orthographic projections of points. Projections of

points in different quadrants.

Chapter 1,3

Week 2 Geometrical construction. Dividing and constructing lines and angles. Dividing

of line into equal parts. Blending of two lines. Blending of Circle and line.

Blending of two circles. Internal and external blendings.

Chapter 2

Week 3 Projections of straight lines. Relative position of point and straight line. True

length of a straight line and its inclination with the reference planes. Traces of a

line. Methods of determining traces of a line. Two straight lines.

Chapter 4

Week 4 Construction of the sketch of three views of a detail, its sectioning and

dimensioning.

Chapter 8,9

Week 5 Construction of the third projection of detail on two given projections, its

sectioning and dimensioning. Axonometric projections of detail.

Chapter 8,9

Weeks

6, 7

Planes. Projections of planes. Ways of plane representation on drawing. Traces of

planes. Principal lines of plane. Two planes. Parallel and perpendicular planes.

Determining the line of intersection of two planes.

Chapter 5,6

Week 8 Midterm exam

Week 9 Projections of solids. Classification of solids. Construction of the complex

drawing of polyhedron. Intersection of polyhedron with plane. Intersection of

polyhedron with straight line. Solids of revolution. Intersection of solid of

revolution with plane and straight line.

Chapter 7

Weeks

10,11

Joints of details. Classification of joints. Detachable joints. Threads. Thread

drawing. Designation of ISO threads. Join of two detail by thread.

Chapter 10

Week 12 Nut, bolt and stud. Join of two detail by bolt and stud. Chapter 10

Week 13 Pipe Joint. Fittings. Join of two detail by fitting.

Week 14 Permanent joints. Rivets and Riveted Joints. Key joints. Welding Joints Chapter 10

Week 15 Assembly drawings Chapter 9

Final exam

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Labs and Tutorials 2 2 4

Assignment 1 1 1

Project/Presentation/Report 1 1 1

E-learning activities

Quizzes

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Final Exam 1 3 3

Individual or group work 10 4 40

Total Workload 93

Total Workload/30(h) 3.1

ECTS Credit of the Course

3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Course unit code ACCT 1101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 1st year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit is delivered

2nd semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

6

Name of lecturer Mirzoyev Yalchin

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Course description

This module is designed to:

Provide students with a thorough insight into the context, scope and

underlying principles of financial accounting;

Give students a sound knowledge of accounting systems and competence in the application of the double entry system of record

keeping;

Ensure that students are able to prepare financial statements for sole traders, partnerships, clubs and companies.

The module is delivered through a combination of lectures and seminars.

Learning Outcomes:

On successful completion of the course, students should be able to:

Explain the nature, scope and objectives of financial reporting and

distinguish between different business structures;

Describe, evaluate and illustrate the application of accounting concepts and

measurement bases;

Apply the principles of double entry to record, process and summarize financial data in an entity's accounting system;

Identify and apply the appropriate accounting technique for the issuance of

shares and loan capital, including the redemption of preferences shares. Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co- requisites

None

Recommended optional programme

components

Course contents Unit

Topic

Content Textbook(s)

and chapter(s)

1 Introduction:

Accounting – The Language of Business

a) The Nature of Accounting; b) The Balance Sheet and Transactions;

c) The Accounting Profession.

Ch. 1 [1]

2 Measuring Income to Assess Performance

Measuring Income; The Income Statement; Statement of Cash Flows; Four Popular Financial Ratios.

Ch. 2 [1]

3

Recording Transactions

Quiz 1 (units: 1-3)

Distribution of Assignment 1 (to

be finished in 1.5 weeks)

a) The Double-Entry Accounting System; b) Debits and Credits; c) The Recording Process.

Review Spreadsheet Models in Excel:

{(P) 3-25/3-26, pgs. 111-112 [1]}

Ch. 3 [1]

4

a) T-Accounts; b) Preparing the Trial Balance;

Spreadsheet Models in Excel:

{(P) 3-27/3-44, pgs. 112-122}

5

Accounting for Sales

a) Recognition of Sales Revenue; b) Measurement of Sales Revenue;

c) Cash;

d) Credit Sales and Accounting Receivable.

Spreadsheet Models in Excel:

{(E) 5-30/5-78, pgs. 200-217 [1]}

Ch. 5 [1]

6

Inventories and Cost of

Goods Sold

a) Gross Profit and Cost of Goods Sold; b) Perpetual and Periodic Inventory

Systems.

Ch. 6 [1]

7

Principal Inventory Valuation Methods;

LIFO, FIFO; The Importance of Gross Profit.

Spreadsheet Models in Excel:

{(P) 6-48/6-83, pgs. 258-274 [1]}

8

Long-Lived Assets and

Depreciation

Quiz 2 (units: 4-8)

a) Overview of Long-Lived Assets; b) Tangible and Intangible Assets;

c) Depreciation of Building and Equipment;

d) Amortization of Intangible Assets.

Review Spreadsheet Models in Excel:

{(E) 7-21/7-48, pgs. 296-303 [1] | (P) 7-49/7-73,

pgs. 303-315 [1]}

Ch. 7 [1]

9 Midterm examination

10 Statement of Cash Flows

a. Overview of Statement of Cash Flows; b. Transactions Affecting Cash Flow;

Ch. 10 [1]

c. T-Accounts Approach to Statement of Cash Flows.

11

Stockholders’ Equity

Quiz 3 (units: 8-11)

Distribution of Assignment 2 (to

be finished in 1.5 weeks)

a) Background on Stockholders’ Equity; b) Preferred Stock;

c) Additional Stock Issuance.

Ch. 11 [1]

12

a) Repurchase of Shares; b) Retained Income Restrictions;

c) Financial Ratios Related to Stockholders’ Equity.

Spreadsheet Models in Excel:

{(E) 11-26/11-41, pgs. 474-477 [1] | (P) 11-

42/11-71, pgs. 478-489 [1]}

13

Financial Statements

Analysis

a. Sources of Information About Companies;

b. Objectives of Financial Statements Analysis.

Ch. 13 [1]

14

a) Evaluating Trends and Components of the Business;

b) Financial Ratios; c) Tying Financial Ratios Together;

d) Ratio Analysis and Du-Pont Chart.

{(Q) 13-1/13-26, pgs. 568-569 [1]}

Review Spreadsheet Models in Excel on: Ratio

Analysis.

{(E) 13-27/13-58, pgs. 569-584 [1]}

MCI, the long-distance telephone company. The

Home Depot. Inc.

Merck & Co., Inc. and Subsidiaries.

15 Operating Performance and Financial Performance; Prominence of Earnings per Share.

Final examination

Recommended or

required readings

Required readings: 1. Charles T. Horngren, Gary L. Sundem, John A. Elliott, Donna Philbrick:

“Introduction to Financial Accounting”, Pearson pub., 11th

Edition, 2013 2. Jerold L. Zimmerman: “Accounting for Decision Making and Control”, McGraw-

Hill Education, 8th

Edition, 2013

Optional readings:

3. Thomas A., Ward A.: “Introduction to Financial Accounting”, 8th

edition, McGraw

Hill, London pub., 2015. 4. Wood F., Sangster A.: “Business Accounting”, 12

th edition, Pearson pub., 2012.

5. Connolly C.: “International Financial Accounting and Reporting”, 5th

Edition,

2015.

6. Colin Drury: “Management & Cost Accounting”, 8th

Edition, Cengage India pub., 2014.

Planned learning Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams

Language of

instruction

English

Work placement(s) –

activities and

teaching methods

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activity

Number

Duration

(hour)

Total

Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Labs and Tutorials

Assignment 5 3 15

Project/Presentation/Report

E-learning activities

Quizzes 2 5 10

Midterm Exam preparation 1 10 10

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Final Exam preparation 1 15 15

Final Exam 1 3 3

Individual or group work 14 6 84

Total Workload 181

Total Workload/30(h) 6.03

ECTS Credit of the Course

6

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

course unit title ANALYSIS 2 AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

course unit code MATH 1102

type of course unit Compulsory

level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

year of study 1st

year

semester/trimester when the course unit is delivered

2nd

semester

number of ECTS credits allocated 8

name of lecturer Alizadeh Akif

class information Location: Room: 1 Time: Tuesday, Friday

Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment

learning outcomes of the course

unit

Course Description

This course teaches foundations of multivariable calculus and o differential equations.

Topics to be covered include functions of several variables, application of the partial derivatives, Chain rule, maxima and minima

for functions of two variables, multiple integrals, ordinary differential

equations, some elementary method of integration, linear

homogeneous equations, linear homogeneous equations of second order with constant coefficients, ordinary differential equations

systems, linear homogeneous differential equations with constant

coefficients.

Learning Outcomes of the Course: By the end of the course, students will be able to:

1.Analysis Functions of several variables. Creating graphs. Partial

derivatives. Differentials. Applications of the Partial derivatives.

Implicit Partial differentiation.

2.The mean-value theorems. Chain rule. Maxima and minima for

functions of two variables.

3.Calculate Multiple Integrals(double, triple).

Use of Lagrange multipliers.

4. Distinguish between linear, nonlinear, partial and ordinary

differential equations.

5. State the basic existence theorem for 1st order ODE’s and use

the theorem to determine a solution interval.

6. Recognize and solve a variable separable differential

equation.

7. Recognize and solve a homogeneous differential equation.

8. Recognize and solve an exact differential equation. 6. Recognize

and solve a linear differential equation by use of an integrating

factor.

9. Find particular solutions to initial value problems.

10. Solve basic application problems described by first order

differential equations.

Linear Differential Equations of Higher Order Students will be able

to:

1. Use the existence theorem for boundary value problems to

determine uniqueness of solutions.

2. Use the Wronskian to determine if a set of functions is

linearly independent.

3. Build solutions to differential equations by superposition of

known solutions.

4. Find the complete solution of a nonhomogeneous differential equation as a linear combination of the

complementary function and a particular solution.

5. Construct a second solution to a second order differential

equation by reduction of order.

6. Find the complete solution of a homogeneous differential

equation with constant coefficients by examining the characteristic equation and its roots.

7. Find the complete solution of a nonhomogeneous differential equation.

9. Find the complete solution of a differential equation with constant coefficients by variation of parameters.

10. Solve basic application problems described by second order linear differential equations with constant coefficients.

mode of delivery Face-to-face

prerequisites and co-requisites MATH 1101

recommended optional programme components

MathLab environment

recommended or required reading 1.SALAS/HILLE/ETGEN, eighth edition, Calculus, one and

several variables.

2. Introduction to Differential Equations. Jeffrey R. Chasnov. http://www.math. ust.hk/~machas/differential-

equations.pdf

3 .Craig A. Tracy. Lectures on Differential Equations. Department

of Mathematics. University of California Davis, CA 95616,January 2015

Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.

planned learning activities and

teaching methods

Lectures, case study discussions and brainstorming,solving

exercises, quizzes, exams.

language of instruction English

course contents:

1. Functions of several variables.

Elementary examples. Graphs. Partial derivatives. Differentials.

Chapter 14

(Textbook 1)

slide

2.

Applications of the Partial derivatives.

Implicit Partial differentiation.

Chapter 14

(Textbook)

slide

3. The mean-value theorems. Chain rule. Maxima and minima for functions

of two variables..

Chapter 15

(Textbook1)

slide

4.

Maxima and minima with side conditions. Lagrange multipliers. Chapter 15

(Textbook1)

slide

5. Multiple Integrals (double, triple).

Some applications of double integrals

Chapter 16

(Textbook1 )

slide

6. Multiple Integrals (double, triple).

Calculation triple integrals

Chapter 16

(Textbook1 )

slide

7. Some applications. Exercises slide

8. MIDTERM EXAM

9. Ordinary Differential equations.

Basic concepts. First order differential equations.

Chapter 1

(Textbook 2)

10 First order equations. Linear

first order equations. Solving

the problem.

Chapter 2 (Textbook 2)

11 Numerical methods. Euler’s method.

Chapter 3 (Textbook 2)

12 Linear second order equations

Chapter 5 (Textbook 2)

13 Linear higher order equations

Chapter 9 (Textbook 2)

14 High order constant coefficient Homogeneous equations

Chapter 9 (Textbook 2)

15 Linear systems of differential equations

Chapter 10 (Textbook 2

FINAL EXAM

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 4 56

Assignment 5 3 15

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 12 12

Individual or Group Work 14 8 112

Midterm Exam 1 3 3

Project (including preparation and

presentation) 1 12

12

Quizzes 6 2 12

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 15 15

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 240

Total Workload/30(h) 8

ECTS Credit of the Course 8

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title ETHICS IN ENGINEERING

Course unit code MGS 2101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 2nd year

Semester when the course

unit is delivered 3rd Semester

No of ECTS credits

allocated 4

Name of lecturer Solmaz Huseynova

Class information Location: Room 3

Time: Tuesday, 14.05-15.40

Wednesday, 14.05-15.40

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit Course description

The purpose of this course is to help future engineers be prepared for confronting and

resolving ethical issues that they might encounter during their professional careers. It

gives an overview of the moral problems engineers face in their different social roles,

and it provides conceptual tools and methods necessary for pursuing those issues. Topics include engineering professionalism; social roles of engineers; ethical theories;

ethical decision- making techniques; code of ethics of engineering societies. Case

studies are discussed in a practice-oriented approach. The primary goal is to stimulate

critical and responsible reflection on moral issues surrounding engineering practice. It will allow students to explore the relationship between ethics and engineering and apply

classical moral theory and decision making to engineering issues encountered in

academic and professional careers.

Learning outcomes of the course:

On successful completion of this course, students will:

• understand their duties and responsibilities as professional and ethical

engineers;

• have basic knowledge to make informed ethical decisions when

confronted with problems in the working environment;

• have improved awareness of potential ethical issues within an

engineering context;

• have knowledge and understanding in Engineering code of ethics;

• understand the importance of ethics in the engineering profession.

• improve analytical skills through investigation and evaluation of

ethical problems in engineering;

• improve team skills through working in teams on assignments and in- class

assignments.

• identify ethical problems and dilemmas in technological and organizational

contexts and be able effectively analyze cases and make ethically optimal

decisions;

• develop critical thinking skills and professional judgement and

understand practical difficulties of bringing about change

• understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global/societal

context.

• have recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in lifelong

learning.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites None

Recommended optional

programme components -

Required reading Textbook 1: Engineering Ethics, International Edition, 4th Edition Charles

Fleddermann, 2013

Textbook 2: Charles E. Harris, Jr., Michael S. Pritchard, Michael J. Rabins,

“Engineering Ethics: Concepts and Cases” 4th

edition, 2009 Wadsworth.

Planned learning activities and teaching methods

Teaching will be based on active class participation. Students are expected to read the assigned cases and the material covered in the previous lecture before coming to

class. The lecturer will summarize and explain the main concepts and techniques used

for moral problem solving. Previously assigned cases will be presented and discussed by the students in class.

Language of instruction English

Work placement(s) NA

Unit 1: General Introduction. Why study Engineering Ethics? Personal vs. Professional Ethics. Ethics and the Law. Ethical decision-making. Morals and ethics.

Comparison of ethics and engineering ethics. Engineering and Professionalism.

The importance of ethics in engineering. Moral/ethical dilemmas and hierarchy of moral values. Ethics problems are like design problems: case discussion

Chapter 1

Textbook 1

pp 2-14

Unit 2: Engineering Standards. Responsibility in Engineering. The Role of Codes of Ethics

in Engineering. The Standard of Care. Liability. Professional responsibilities of

engineers. Ethical theories. Case discussion

Chapter 2

Textbook 1

pp 28-34

Unit 3: Framing the Problem. Determining the Facts. Weighing the Importance of Facts.

General Principles. The Cost–Benefit Approach. Respect for Persons. The Golden Rule Approach. The Self-Defeating Approach. The Rights Approach. Case

discussion

Chapter 3

Textbook 2

Unit 4: Resolving problems. Ethical Problem-Solving Techniques. Analysis of Issues in Ethical Problems. Line Drawing. Flow Charting. Conflict Problems. An Application

of Problem-Solving Methods: Bribery/Acceptance of Gifts. Solving Problems 4.1-

4.2 Case discussion: Cellular phones and cancer

Chapter 4

Textbook 1

pp 72-73

Unit 5: Risk, Safety, and Accidents. Risk Management. The Engineer’s Approach to Risk. Expanding the Engineering Account of Risk: The Capabilities Approach to

Identifying Harm and Benefit. “Risky” Situations and Acceptable Risk. Equity or

Justice. The Critical Attitude. The Engineer’s Liability for Risk. The Standards of

Tort Law Protecting Engineers from Liability. Becoming a Responsible Engineer Regarding Risk.

QUIZ 1 (Units 1- 4)

Chapter 5

Textbook 1

Unit 6. The Rights and Responsibilities of Engineers. Professional Responsibilities. Professional Rights.

Case discussion: the BART case; The Collapse of the I-35W Bridge in

Minneapolis; The Hartford Civic Center Collapse

Chapter 6

Textbook 1

pp 110-120

Unit 7. Ethical Issues in Engineering Practice. Environmental Ethics. Computer

Ethics. Ethics and Research.

Case discussion Accidental Overdoses in Medical Radiation Therapy

Chapter 7

Textbook 1

Course contents:

Systems; The N-Ray Case pp 131; 138

Unit 8. MIDTERM EXAM

Unit 9. Doing the Right Thing. Trust and Reliability. Honesty. Forms of Dishonesty.

Why is Dishonesty Wrong? Dishonesty in Engineering Research and

Testing. Confidentiality. Intellectual Property. Case discussion: The Citicorp

center case (video); Case on Automotive Crash Testing. Home assignment:

Line drawing analysis of problems.

Chapter 8

Textbook 1

pp 148-153

Unit 10. Specific case example – Challenger Incident (video)

Case discussion

Unit 11. The Social and Value Dimensions of Technology, Technology and Human

Experience, Computer Technology: Ownership of Computer Software and

Public Policy. Case Discussion on Code of Ethics for Engineers.

https://prezi.com/vz3mkuf1yczh/the-social-and-value-dimensions-of-

technology/

Chapter 5

Textbook 2

Unit 12. Engineers in Organizations/Engineers as Employees. Engineers and

Managers: Morally Responsible in an Organization without Getting Hurt.

The Importance of Organizational Culture. Three Types of Organizational

Culture. Proper Engineering and Management Decisions. Functions of

Engineers and Managers. Examples Responsible Organizational

Disobedience.

Chapter 8

Textbook 2

Unit 13. Responsible conduct of research. Intellectual property and society

QUIZ 2 (Units 5-12)

Unit 14. Engineers and the Environment What Do the Codes Say about the

Environment. The Environment in Law and Court Decisions: Cleaning Up

the Environment. The Scope of Professional Engineering Obligations to the

Environment. Should Engineers Have Environmental Obligations?

Case discussion on Code of Ethics for Engineers.

Chapter 9

Textbook 2

Unit 15. International Engineering Professionalism Ethical Resources for Solving

Boundary-Crossing Problems Creative Middle Ways First Standard: The

Golden Rule Second Standard: Universal Human Rights Third Standard:

Promoting Basic Human Well-Being Fourth Standard: Codes of Engineering

Societies. Economic Underdevelopment: The Problem of Exploitation

Paying for Special Treatment: The Problem of Bribery. The Extended

Family Unit: The Problem of Nepotism Business and Friendship: The

Chapter 10

Textbook 2

Problem of Excessive Gifts. The Absence of Technical–Scientific

Sophistication: The Problem of Paternalism.

FINAL EXAM

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 10 10

Individual or Group Work 14 2 28

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Project (including preparation and

presentation) 1 12

12

Homework 2 4 8

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 15 15

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 120

Total Workload/30(h) 4

ECTS Credit of the Course 4

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title GERMAN 3 DEUTSCH 3

Course unit code GERM 2101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First Cycle Bachelor

Year of study 2nd year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit

is delivered

3rd Semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

5

Name of lecturer Husejnyade Xoschgadam

Class information

Location: Time: Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes

of the course unit

Kurze Beschreibung des Kursus

Hier muss technisches Deutsch hauptsächlich unterrichtet werden. Ziel des Unterrichts

besteht aus der Erlernung und der Entwicklung der Fremdsprachen, Festigung der Kenntnisse und aus der Durchführung der Leistungskontrolle während der Stunde

-Die Entwicklung und Automatisierung der Sprechfähigkeiten im Audieren, Sprechen und

verstehenden Lesen - die Entwicklung der mündlichen und schriftlichen Rede

Mode of delivery Borisko. Biznes- kurs nemeskoqo yazika

Zavyalova „Deutsch für Beginner“

Technische Lehrbücher für Management und Ökonomie Themen

„Aktuel“ Kursbuch$ Arbeitsbuch

Prerequisites and

co-requisites GERM 1101. GERM 1102

1. Präsens, Artikel, Wortfolge im einfachen Satz.

Imperativ Bundesrepublik Deutschland

Lektion 1.

2. Possesvpronomen

Bundesrepublik ´- Staat, Politik, Recht

Die Visitenkarte

Lektion 2

3. Lektion 3. „Ankunft in Deutschland“

Negation „nicht“ Negation

Lektion 3

4. Deklination der Substantive

Die Uhrzeit

Lektion 4

5. Demonstrativpronomen der, die, das, die

„Soziale Sicherheit“

Lektion 4

6. Passiv Infinitiv mit Modalverben

7. Zwischenprüfung

8. „Wirtschaftssystem der Bundesrepublik“ Lektion 5

Präpositionen mit Genitiv

9. Reflexive Verben

10. Negation „kein“

Präpositionen mit Dativ

Lektion 6

11. Pronomen „man“ Präfixe

12. Perfekt

Geld und Bankwesen

Lektion 7

13. Satzreihe

14. Präpositionen mit D. und Akk.

Messen und Ausstellungen in der Bundesrepublik

15. Futurum. Präteritum Österreich

Lektion 8

Recommended or

required reading

Lehrbücher, Deutsch, SchritteBorisko

Planned learning

activities and

teaching methods

Diskussio Ein Arbeitsbuch mit zahlreichen Übungen, ausführlicher Phonetikprogramm, miit CD/ Kassetten nen in der Klasse, Material aus dem Lehrbuch , Aufgaben lesen

Language of instruction German

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total

Workload(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Individual or Group Work 14 3 42

Homework 10 3 30

Quizzes 2 4 8

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 10 10

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Preparation for Final Exam 1 13 13

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 150

Total Workload/30(h) 5

ECTS Credit of the Course 5

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE II

Course unit code COMP 2101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 2nd year

Semester when the course

unit is delivered

3rd semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

2

Name of lecturers J. Alizadeh

Class information

Location: Room:

Time: Tuesday, Wednesday

Office hours: upon appointment.

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description

This course introduces computer systems and computer programming using

the concepts of algorithms for solving problems. It covers data representation

and development, debugging, and verification of programs. We will use C++

as the programming language.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

After completing this course student should be able to:

1. Explain the basic syntax of C++ programming language,

2. Create, compile, link, and run a program using the Microsoft Visual

Studio integrated development

3. environment,

4. Construct a program using one or more of the following structures:

sequence, selection, and repetition,

5. Demonstrate the use of functions and arrays,

6. Solve problems and create solutions using C++ language.)

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

COMP 1101

Recommended optional

programme components

Recommended or required

reading and software

The Textbook: Starting Out with C++: Early Objects, 9th Edition

Tony Gaddis, Judy Walters, Godfrey Muganda

©2017 Pearson

|

References:

A First Book of C++, 4th Edition

Gary J. Bronson

Published: © 2015

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, homework/assignments, projects and presentation

sessions, discussion sessions and different assessment instruments

Language of instruction English

Work placement(s) NA

Course contents:

1 Introduction to Computers and Programming

▪ Why Program?

▪ Computer Systems: Hardware and Software

▪ Programs and Programming Languages

▪ What Is a Program Made of?

▪ Input, Processing, and Output

▪ The Programming Process

Chapter 1

(Textbook)

2

Introduction to C++

▪ The Parts of a C++ Program

Chapter 2

(Textbook)

▪ The “cout” Object

▪ The #include Directive

▪ Variables and the Assignment Statement

▪ Literals

▪ Identifiers

▪ Integer Data Types

▪ Floating-Point Data Types

▪ The char Data Type.

Quiz #1

3 Expressions and Interactivity

▪ The cin Object

▪ Mathematical Expressions

▪ Data Type Conversion and Type Casting

▪ Overflow and Underflow

▪ Named Constants Multiple and Combined Assignment

▪ Formatting Output

▪ Working with Characters and Strings

▪ More Mathematical Library Functions

▪ Random Numbers

Chapter 3

(Textbook)

Lab #1

4

Making Decisions

▪ Relational Operators

▪ The if Statement

▪ The if/else Statement

▪ The if/else if Statement

▪ Menu-Driven Programs

▪ Nested if Statements

▪ Logical Operators.

Chapter 4

(Textbook)

Homework/Assign

ment

5 Looping

▪ Introduction to Loops: The while Loop

▪ 5.2 Using the while loop for Input Validation

▪ 5.3 The Increment and Decrement Operators

▪ 5.4 Counters

▪ 5.5 Keeping a Running Total

Chapter 5

(Textbook)

Lab #2

▪ 5.6 Sentinels

6&7 Functions

▪ Modular Programming

▪ Defining and Calling Functions

▪ Function Prototypes

▪ Sending Data into a Function

▪ Passing Data by Value

▪ The return Statement

▪ Returning a Value from a Function

▪ Returning a Boolean Value.

Chapter 6

(Textbook)

Lab #3

8 MIDTERM EXAM

10&9 Introduction to Classes and Objects

▪ Abstract Data Types

▪ Object-Oriented Programming

▪ Introduction to Classes

▪ Creating and Using Objects

▪ Defining Member Functions

▪ Constructors

▪ Destructors

▪ Private Member Functions.

▪ Passing Objects to Functions

▪ Object Composition

▪ Separating Class Specification, Implementation, and Client

Code

▪ Structures

▪ More About Enumerated Data Types

▪ Introduction to Object-Oriented Analysis and Design

▪ Screen Control

Chapter 7

(Textbook)

Lab #4

12&11 Arrays Chapter 8

▪ Arrays Hold Multiple Values

▪ Accessing Array Elements

▪ Inputting and Displaying Array Contents

▪ Array Initialization

▪ The Range-Based for loop

▪ Processing Array Contents

▪ Using Parallel Arrays.

▪ The typedef Statement

▪ Arrays as Function Arguments

▪ Two-Dimensional Arrays

▪ Arrays with Three or More Dimensions

▪ Vectors

▪ Arrays of Objects.

(Textbook)

Quiz #2: TBA

13 Searching, Sorting, and Algorithm

▪ Introduction to Search Algorithms

▪ Searching an Array of Objects

▪ Introduction to Sorting Algorithms

▪ Sorting an Array of Objects

▪ Sorting and Searching Vectors

▪ Introduction to Analysis of Algorithms

Chapter 9

(Textbook)

Lab #5

14 Pointers

▪ Pointers and the Address Operator

▪ Pointer Variables

▪ The Relationship Between Arrays and Pointers

▪ Pointer Arithmetic

▪ Initializing Pointers

▪ Comparing Pointers

▪ Pointers as Function Parameters

Chapter 10

(Textbook)

Quiz #3: TBA

15 More about Classes and Object-Oriented Programming

▪ The “this” Pointer and Constant Member Functions

▪ Static Members

▪ Friends of Classes

▪ Member wise Assignment

Chapter 11&12

(Textbook)

Lab #6

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5

Individual or Group Work 4 2 8

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation)

Homework

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 5 5

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 65

Total Workload/30(h) 2.1

ECTS Credit of the Course 2

▪ Copy Constructors

▪ Operator Overloading

▪ Rvalue References and Move Operations

▪ Function Objects and Lambda Expressions

FINAL EXAM

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title ENGINEERING MECHANICS B: ELASTOSTATICS

Course unit code TECH 2102

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle bachelor

Year of study 2nd

year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit

is delivered

3rd

semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

5

Name of lecturer Valeh I. Bakhshaliev

Class information Location: Room: 4

Time: Wednesday, Thursday

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of

the course unit

Course description:

This course deals with fundamental knowledge of concepts, and the basic

methods of calculation of the Elastostatics.

The trained will receive basic knowledge of Elastostatics, and also

requirements and calculation of elastic rods. It deals with deformation in

tension and compression, shearing, torsion and bending. It is studied the

conditions of durability and stiffness account of the construction elements. It is

considered methods of the decision of static indefinite problems

Learning Outcomes of the Course: After completing the course, students should be able to :

• Explain the importance of Technical Mechanicsand describe their role in

practice.

• Explain the concepts of Elastostatics used in practical problems.

• Explain the durability, stiffness and stability of construction elements.

• Define the internal forces and stresses in machine parts and elements.

• Solution and account of machine elements to durability and stiffness.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

TECH 1101

Recommended

optional programme

components

Microsoft Excel

Recommended or

required readings

Recommended Sources

Core Textbook:

2. Dietmar Gross etc. Engineering Mechanics 1. Elastostatics, Springer

Textbook, 2013

2. H.W. Morrow, Robert P. Kokernak. Statics and strength of materials, Fifth

edition, Prentice Hall, Pearson Education International, 2004, New Jersey

3. F.P. Beer, E.R. Johnston. Mechanics of Materials. 1. Strength of Materials.

SI Metric Editions, McGraw-Hill Ryerson Limited, Toronto, 1987 4. Fritzen C.-P., Technische Mechanik II, Vorlesungsskript 2004

5. Bernard J.Hamrock, Bo O. Jacobson, Steven R. Schmid. Fundamentals of

Machine Elements. WCB/McGraw-Hill, International Editions 1999

6. E.Peste, J.Wittenburg. Technische Mechanik, Band 2: Festigkeitslehre,

Wissenschaftsverlag,1992

7. Kinasoshvili R. Strengthof Materials. Mir Publishers, Moscow, 1972

SupplementaryTextbook:

8.Wolfgang H.Muller,FerdinandFerber.Technische Mechanik fur Ingenieure,

Carl Hanser Verlag, Munchen, 2008

9. Assmann B. Technische Mechanik, Band II, R. Oldenburg Verlag,

Munchen,Wien, 1993

10. Levinson L. Fundamentals of Engineering Mechanics. Moscow, 1970

11. Bakhshaliev V.I. Engineering Mechanics with solution of problems,

(textbook), Baku, “Elm”, 2012

Planned learning

activities and

teaching methods

Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams

Language of instruction English

Course contents

1 Introduction to Elastostatics:

• Basic principles of Elastostatics,

• External and internal forces. Method of sections.

[1], Ch. 1

2 Stresses:

• Stress and strain in a body under the action of external forces,

• Basic types of strain.

✓ LAB: Explain the stresses in across sections of a bar.

EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine.

[1], Ch. 2

3 Tension and compression:

• Absolute and unit elongation,

• Normal force diagram (epure).

✓ LAB: Defining the normal stresses in tension and compression.

EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for tension and compression.

[1], Ch. 3

4 Relationship between stress and unit elongation:

• Hooks Law for tension and compression, [1], Ch.3

• Modulus of elasticity,

• Tensile stress diagram,

• Durability account. Acceptable stresses.

✓ LAB: Explain the tensile stress diagram intesting machine.

EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for tension and compression.

5 Mechanical systems:

• Static definite and indefinite systems.

✓ Solution of the exercises.

[1], Ch. 3,

p.42

6 Quiz.

7 Shear strain of bars:

• Measuring shear strain. The shear modulus of elasticity,

• Durability account in sher strain,

• Geometrical characteristics of plane bodies. Static and inertial moments of

plane bodies.

✓ LAB: Explain the shearing strain.

EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for tension and compression.

[1], Ch.3,

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 Torsion strain:

• Distribution of torsion stresses in across section.

• Fundamental equation for torque.

✓ LAB: Explain the torsion strain.

EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for torsion strain.

10 Torsion strain:

• Torque moments diagram (epure).

• Computing the dimensions of shafts for a given torsion.

✓ LAB: Testing the steel bar in torsion strain.

EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for tension and compression.

[1], Ch.4

11 Torsion strain:

• Durability account and stiffness account for torsion.

[1], Ch.4

12 Bending strain of beam:

• Deformation in bending,

• Distribution of normal stress in bending. The neutral plane.

✓ LAB: Explain the bending strain.

EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for bending strain.

[1], Ch.5

13 Bending deformation of straight axis of beam:

• Fundamental equation for bending moments and shear forces.

• Shear bending. Main stresses in shear bending.

• Durability accountof beam in bending.

✓ LAB: Testing the steel bar in bending strain.

EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine for bending strain.

[1], Ch.5,

14 Longitudinal bending:

• Stable and unstable equilibrium.

• Stability account of beam. Longitudinal-horizontal bending.

✓ LAB: Explain the stability of abeam.

EQUIPMENT: Special testing machine.

[1], Ch.6

15 PRESENTATIONS

FINAL EXAM

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 4 56

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 14 14

Individual or Group Work 14 3 42

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 1 13

13

Homework 2 3 6

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 14 14

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload

150

Total Workload/30(h) 5

ECTS Credit of the Course 5

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial

Engineering

Course unit title MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY II

Course unit code TECH 2102

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 2nd year

Semester when the course

unit is delivered

3rd Semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

3

Name of lecturers Telman Askeraliyev

Class information

Location: Room: 1,4

Time: Monday, Thursday

Office hours: upon appointment

Contact: [email protected]

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description

The educational purpose of the Materials Technology ll program is to provide students with deeper knowledge about materials and their different types. New types of materials will be introduced in the framework of the course and well-established physical methods of material treatment are to be discussed.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

After completing the course, students should be able to:

• To distinguish between different types of materials;

• To understand various types of techniques for producing and

treating materials;

• To provide useful information on mechanical properties of

materials;

• To participate in designing and selection of materials for

producing new products;

• To design and conduct various material testing activities for

providing better quality to the users.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

TECH 1102

Recommended optional

programme components

Recommended or required

reading

Textbook:

1.Fundamentals of Material Science and Engineering, William D.

Callister, Jr., 2001, J.Willey and Sons , Inc.;

Optional:

2.Essentials of Supply Chain Management, Third Edition, 2011,

by Michael H. Hugos

3. The Principles of Engineering Materials, Craig R.

Barrett (Author), Alan S. Tetelman (Author), William D.

Nix (Author)

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Lectures, class projects, reading materials from textbook, quizzes,

discussions, exams.

Language of instruction English

Work placement(s)

Course contents:

1 Material selection and design – 1

Classification of materials, definition of strength, yield stress, stress-strain curve,

yield point

Lab 1: – Constructing stress-strain diagram using Microsoft Excel.

Discussions - material selection methods and materials classification

Team work - Discussing the review of companies in order to select one project for

further development

Ch. 9,

[1],

2

Material selection and design – 2

Tensile stress-strain diagram, stiffness, Young’s Modulus, material families,

polymer families, ceramics families, composites

Team work - developing the project plan

Ch.9,

[1]

3 Corrosion Management – 1

Definition of corrosion, extractive metallurgy, corrosion engineering, types of corrosion

Lab 2: –Solving exercises using Microsoft Excel. Analysis of strain formula represented in Excel spreadsheet;

Team work - developing the review part of the project

Ch.17, [1]

4

Corrosion Management – 2

Electrochemical considerations, anode, cathode

Team work – presenting the project plan to the class

Ch.17, [1]

5

Fabrication of materials – 1

Manufacturing technologies, casting, refractory, advantages of casting, pouring

Ch.8, [1]

and filling moulds

6 Fabrication of materials – 2

Flow velocity, flow rate, metal forming, stresses in metal forming, strain rate, machining

Team work - developing the review part of the project

Ch.8, [1]

7 Iron-based materials – 1

Ferrous metals, steel, raw iron, effects of additives in steels

Lab 3 – Calculating the Young’s Modulus of the material using Microsoft Excel. Analysis of Young’s Modulus represented in Excel spreadsheet;

Ch.11, [1]

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 Iron-based materials-2

Residual elements in steels, solving exercises (integrated approach to lecturing)

Team work - developing the project – final project

Ch.11, [1]

10 Aluminium-based materials – 1

physical and optical properties, electrical properties, magnetic properties;

Lab 4: Analysis of stress-strain curve using Microsoft Excel - 1;

(reference - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5ZG-3THmF3Q)

Ch.18, [1]

http://www.en

gineeringtoolbox.com

11

Aluminium materials – 2

nuclear properties, thermal properties, fabrication properties

Labs: Analysis of stress-strain curve using Microsoft Excel - 2;

Creating realistic representation of stress-strain interrelationship for steel in Excel

spreadsheet;

(reference - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5ZG-3THmF3Q)

Ch.7, [1]

http://www.physics247.com/

physics-

tutorial/hookes-law.shtml

12 Polymer materials – 1

Classification of composite materials, particle reinforced, fiber reinforced ,

structural composite

Team work - developing the project – final project – discussions related to the

material selection and creating a technology for developing a product

Ch.15, [1]

13 Polymer materials – 2

composite material manufacturing processes, sintering, curing, open mold processes

Ch.15, [1]

Lab 4 –Analysis of Hooke’s Law represented in Excel spreadsheet;

14 Composite materials – 1

Material selection, Product analysis, Case study, System analysis, data sources, material selection chart

Ch.20, [1]

15 Composite materials – 2

classification of materials, main factors to consider when designing, fatigue,

corrosion

Team work - final part – discussing of the results obtained during the work under project, presentations if available

Discussions – review of the subject, goals obtained and conclusion

Ch.20, [1]

FINAL EXAM

Materials Technology II

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total

Workload(hour)

Course duration in class (including Exam weeks) 14 3 42

Assignment 2 3 6

Project/Presentation/Report 1 7 7

Preparation for Final exam 1 15 15

Preparation for Midterm 1 10 10

Midterm Examination 1 2 2

Final Examination 1 3 3

Self Study 10 1 10

Total Workload 95

Total Workload/30(h) 3.1

ECTS Credit of the Course 3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title MACHINE ELEMENTS I

Course unit code TECH 2103

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 2nd year

Semester when the course

unit is delivered

3rd Semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

3

Name of lecturers Rauf Malikov

Class information Location: Room 1513

Time: Friday 14.05-15.40

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

[email protected] Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description: Mechanical engineers are associated with the

production and processing of energy and with providing the means of

production, the tools of transportation, and the techniques of automation.

This course aims to equip the mechanical engineering students with the

fundamentals of these design activities and give them necessary skills to

prepare complete, concise, and accurate calculation steps for machine

elements. While the first part of the machine elements covering general stress

analysis, failure conditions, shaft, spring, permanent and nonpermanent joints

design, second part covers rolling contact and journa

Course Objective: The aim of this course is to introduce students the

concepts and the use of machine elements in the design and manufacturing

field. The students acquaint with the knowledge and skills in understanding

failure modes, better design criterion for machine elements and the capability

to design elements like screws, rivets, welded joints, shafts, springs. The

students can also develop an understanding of analysis tools of these parts.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and

corequisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

Recommended or required

reading

1. Bhandari V.B, “Design of Machine Elements”,Second Edition,

Tata McGrawHill Book Co, 2007.

2. Shigley J.E and Mischke C. R., “Mechanical Engineering Design”, Sixth

Ed ition, Tata McGraw-Hill , 2003. Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and

presentation sessions, discussion sessions

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

Week 1 Introduction to Mechanical Engineering Design. Basic requirements

presented to machines and their elements.

Chapter 1

(Textbook)

Week 2

Basic materials and their characteristics. Material Strength and Stiffness, Materials

Selection

Chapter 2

Week 3 Standardization of machine elements. Chapter 3

Week 4 Production soundness of machine elements. Chapter 3

Week 5

Economic fundamentals of designing machine elements. Chapter 3

Week 6 Basic criteria of operating capacity and calculation of machine elements.

Strength.

Chapter 4

Week 7 Volume strength. Strength at Static Stresses. Strength at Alternating

Stresses.

Chapter 4

Week 8 MIDTERM EXAM

Week 9 Joints of machine elements. Types of joints and their principal features.

Strength of the Joints elements.

Chapter 7

(Textbook)

Week 10 Threaded joints. Thread Standards and Definitions . Designs of parts and joints.

Threaded Fasteners.

Chapter 7

(Textbook)

Week 11 Lab.work "ɋalculation of threaded joints". Chapter 7

Week 12 Welded joints. Classification of welded joints. Types of welded joints. Design

of welded Joints.

Chapter 8

Week 13 Lab.work "Calculation of welded joints". Chapter 8

Week 14 Riveted joints. Classification of riveted joints. Types of rivets. Design of

Joints. Lab.work"Calculation of riveted joints".

Chapter 9

(Textbook)

Week 15 Springs. Construction and materials. Stresses and Deflection in Helical

Springs, Compression Springs Calculation of springs

Chapter 10

(Textbook)

FINAL EXAM

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 2 28

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 10 10

Individual or Group Work 10 2 20

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 1 7

7

Homework 3 2 6

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 15 15

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 91

Total Workload/30(h) 3

ECTS Credit of the Course 3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN

Course unit code TECH 2103/CAD

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 2nd year

Semester when the course

unit is delivered

3rd Semester

No of ECTS credits

allocated

1

Name of lecturer Rauf Malikov

Class information Location: Room 1513

Time: Friday 14.05-15.40

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes Course Description:

The aim of this course is to introduce students the basic concepts and the use

of engineering drawing in the design and manufacturing field. The students acquaint with the basic knowledge and skills in engineering drawings and

the capability to read and interpret blue prints for manufacturing. The

students can also develop an understanding of 2D and 3D computer aided

drafting with the requirements of good engineering drawings and be able to apply them to their work.

Using computers at the beginning of the engineering education will help

the students visualize engineering components. Appropriate sketching

exercises will be done during practice hours by using a package program namely AutoCAD. The CAD software should be perceived by the student

as a tool for producing engineering drawings.

Learning outcomes:

After a successfully completed course the student should be able to: • read and interpret drawings according to standard,

• create complete detail- and assembly drawings according to standard,

• plan dimensioning for function requirements and

manufacturing requirements of a product,

• set tolerances on drawings according to standard, • use a methodology that results in stable and easy-to-edit

models to create 3D-solids and assemblies, • create assemblies with moving parts,

• combine knowledge in drafting and CAD to create a complete basis for manufacturing of a simple product, containing parts, assemblies and detail- and assembly drawings.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites None

Required reading • Scott Onstott. AutoCAD 2015 and AutoCAD LT 2015

ISBN: 1118871243 / 9781118871249

• “Engineering Drawing and Design” by Jensen/ Helsel/ Short, 7th Edition, 2008, Mc Graw- Hill.

• “Engineering Graphics with AutoCAD 2014”, by Bethune, J.,

2014, PEARSON

Language of instruction English

Work placement(s) --

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Lectures, class discussions, solving tasks, quizzes and exams

Course contents:

Week 1,2 Introduction to Computer Aided Sketching. Role of CAD in mechanical

design

Chapter 1

Week 3,4 Computer screen, layout of the software, standard tool bar/menus and

description of most commonly used tool bars.

Chapter 1

Week 5,6 Coordinate system and reference planes.

Creation of 2D environment. Selection of drawing size and scale.

Chapter 1

Week 7,8 Commands and creation of lines, polylines, rectangle, polygons, splines,

circles, ellipse, text.

Lab.work. "Application of commands lines, polylines, rectangle,

Chapter 2

polygons, splines and oiher for the design of details"

Week 9

MIDTERM EXAM

Week 10,11 Commands of modify bar: move, copy, offset, mirror, rotate, trim,

extend, break, chamfer, fillet, curves.

Chapter 2

Week 12,13 Dimensioning, line convention, material conventions and lettering.

Lab.work. "Designing details in the 3D system "

Chapter 2

Week 14,15 Creation of 3D environment. Modelling, Solid editing.

Lab.work " Designing details in the 3D system"

Chapter 4

FINAL EXAM

Computer Aided Design

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class including labs and tutorials 14 1 14

Assignment 5 2 10

Project/Presentation/Report

E-learning activities

Quizzes 1 2 2

Midterm Examination 1 2 2

Final Examination 1 3 3

Total Workload 31

Total Workload/30(h) 1

ECTS Credit of the Course

1

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title COST ACCOUNTING

Course unit code ACCT 2101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 2nd

year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit

is delivered

3 rd

semester

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6

Name of lecturer Nigar Kerimli

Learning outcomes

of the course unit

Course Description:

The aim of the course is to provide students with basic understanding of costs and

make them familiar with cost’s different classifications. The course also aims on

providing students with an opportunity to learn the methods and techniques used to calculate cost of products produced within the production environment.

Furthermore, the course tries to make students understand how to use an accounting

information for managerial decisions.

Learning Outcomes:

On successful completion of the course, students will have developed skills in:

Understanding the elements of costs within the production environment.

Measuring and reporting financial and non-financial information relating to the cost of acquiring or utilizing resources in an organization.

Classifying different costs to: variable or fixed costs; product or period costs;

direct or indirect costs; direct material, direct labor or factory overhead costs.

Using such costing systems as job costing system, process costing system and

activity-based costing system to measure unit cost of different products produced.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and

co-requisites

ACCT 1101

Recommended

optional programme

components

Course contents

Unit

Topic

Content

Textbook(s)

and

chapter(s)

1

Introduction

a) The Users of Accounting Information. b) Managerial Accounting: Decision Making and Control. c) Management Accountant’s Role in the Organization.

1, Ch. 1 2, Ch. 1

2

Foreword for Cost Accounting:

Accounting

Foundations

a) Principles of Accounting.

b) Financial Statements.

Reviewing Spreadsheet Models on:

A. Balance Sheet, Income and Cash Flow Statements;

B. T-Accounts and Trial Balance.

3, Ch. 3

3

The Nature of Cost

a) Cost Objects.

b) Direct and Indirect Costs, Overheads, Opportunity Costs.

c) Cost Behavior Patterns.

d) Sunk Cost.

1, Ch. 2 2, Ch. 2

4

The Nature of Cost II

Distribution of

Assignment 1

(to be finished

in 1.5 weeks)

a) Fixed, Marginal and Average Costs.

b) Product / Period, Relevant / Irrelevant, Avoidable / Unavoidable Costs.

c) Linear Approximation. d) Break-Even Points.

e) Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis (CVP)

Analyze Spreadsheet Models on:

A) Assessing Fixed, Variable, Marginal, Average Costs (P 2-

21, pg. 71 [1]);

B) Deriving a Link between Volume and Cost by

Applying Various Regression Models (P 2-17, pg. 68 [1]);

C) Deriving Break-Even Charts (P 2-5, 2-6 pg. 63 [1]).

1, Ch. 2 2, Ch. 8

5

cont’d

The Nature of Cost II

Quiz 1 (Units:

1,2,3,4,5)

a) Applying CVP Analysis for a Single Product.

b) Applying CVP Analysis for a Multi-Product Setting.

c) Understanding Operating Leverage.

Spreadsheet Models on:

A) Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis (P 2-11, pg. 65 [1]);

B) Valuing Fixed and Full Costs and Deriving Operating

Leverage (T 2-3, 2-4, pg. 46 [1]).

1, Ch. 2 2, Ch. 8

6

Cost Ratios

Analysis

a) Various Cost Ratios.

b) Introduction to Cost Ratios Analysis.

Spreadsheet Models on:

A) Deriving Various Cost Ratios;

B) Making a Brief Cost Ratios Analysis.

2, Part 4

7

cont’d

Cost Ratios

Analysis

a) Tying the Cost Ratios Together.

b) Cost Ratios and Trends Analysis.

c) Comparing Cost Ratios.

Developing Spreadsheet Models on:

A) Complex Cost Ratios Analysis.

B) Cost Ratios and Analysis on Trends.

C) Deriving the Final Results on Cost Ratios Analysis.

2, Part 4

8

Cost Allocation Quiz 2 (Units:

6,7,8)

a. Reasons to Allocate Costs. b. The Two-Stage Cost Allocation Process.

c. Death Spiral.

1, Chapters

7,8

9 Midterm examination

10

cont’d

Cost Allocation

a) Direct Allocation Method.

b) Step-Down Allocation Method.

c) Reciprocal Allocation Method.

Spreadsheet Models on:

1) Direct, Step-Down, and Reciprocal Cost Allocation

Methods (pgs. 397-400 [1]);

2) Problems: 8-14, “Bank Service Centers”, pg. 412 [1]; 8-7,

“Fidelity Bank”, pg. 407 [1].

1, Chapters

7,8

11

Absorption Cost Systems

Distribution of

Assignment 2

(to be finished

in 2 weeks)

a. Job Order Costing and Overhead Rates. b. Plant-Wide and Departmental Overhead Rates. c. Flexible Budgets to Estimate Overhead.

Analyzing Spreadsheet Models on:

A) Job Order Costing (P 9-5, “Rosen Company, pg. 461

[1]”);

B) Valuing Overheads (P 9-12, “Media Design”, pg. 466 [1]);

B) Allocating Overheads to Jobs.

1, Chapter 9

2, Ch. 3,4

12

cont’d

Absorption Cost

Systems

Quiz 3 (Units:

9,10,11)

a) Incentive to Overproduce.

b) Variable (Direct) Costing.

c) Basics of Activity-Based Costing (ABC) (1, Ch. 11).

Spreadsheet Models on:

1) The Problem of Overproduction (T 10-1,2,3, pgs. 495- 497

[1]);

2) The Problem of Determining Variable Cost (P 10-1,

“Federal Mixing”, pg. 508 [1]).

1, Chapters

10,11

2, Ch. 11

13

Activity-Based

Costing Applications

a) Volume-Based and Non-Volume Based Cost Drivers.

b) Designing ABC Systems.

c) Activity-Based Cost Management Applications.

Analyzing Spreadsheet Models on:

A) Valuing Cost Drivers (P 11-5, “Milan Pasta”, pg. 550

[1]);

B) ABC Applications (P 11-8, “True Cost Manufacturing,

Inc.”, pg. 552 [1]).

1, Ch. 11

2, Ch. 11

14

Overhead and Marketing

Variances

a. Budgeted / Standard / Actual Volumes. b. Cost / Overhead Variances. c. Price/Quantity, Mix/Sales Variances.

Reviewing Spreadsheet Models on:

1) Valuing Overhead Variances (P 13-2, “Milling

Department”, pg. 626 [1] | P 13-3, “Derf Company”, pg.

1, Ch. 13

2, Chapters

17,18

626 [1]);

2) Valuing Marketing Variances (P 13-12, “Commando

Force”, pg. 633 [1]).

15

Management Accounting in a

Changing

Environment

Quiz 4 (Units:

12,13,14,15)

a) Business Strategy.

b) Productivity.

c) Total Quality Management (TQM).

d) Just-in-Time Production (JIT).

1, Ch. 14

2, Chapters

21,22

Final examination

Recommended or required readings

Required readings:

1. Jerold L. Zimmerman: “Accounting for Decision Making and Control”,

McGraw-Hill Education, 8th

Edition, 2013, ISBN-10: 0078025745, ISBN- 13: 978-0078025747.

2. Colin Drury: “Management & Cost Accounting”, 8th

Edition, Cengage

India pub., ISBN-10: 8131525473, ISBN-13: 978-8131525470, 2014.

Optional readings:

3. Thomas A., Ward A.: “Introduction to Financial Accounting”, 8th

edition,

McGraw Hill, London pub., 2015. 4. Wood F., Sangster A.: “Business Accounting”, 12

th edition, Pearson pub.,

2012.

5. Connolly C.: “International Financial Accounting and Reporting”, 5th

Edition, 2015.

Planned learning activities and

teaching methods

Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams

Language of

instruction

English

Work placement(s) –

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3

42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 18 18

Individual or Group Work 15 4.5 67.50

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 1 15

15

Homework 3 3.5 10.5

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 20 20

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 178

Total Workload/30(h) 5.93

ECTS Credit of the Course 6

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title COMMUNICATION SKILLS

Course unit code BCOM 2101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 2nd

year

Semester when the course

unit is delivered 4

th semester

No of ECTS credits

allocated 6

Name of lecturer Aliyeva Gulshan

Class information Location: Room 238-3

Office hours: upon appointment.

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Course Description

The aim of this course is to develop students’ basic communication skills in the

context that they will most need those skills: graduate school. Within the context of

going abroad to present a paper on their graduate research, students will learn skills

needed for traveling (e.g. asking for/giving directions, making reservations),

negotiations, survey taking, and problem solving, as well as be introduced to skills

involved in making a presentation at a conference.

Additionally, students will learn to start and continue a conversation naturally, using

a number of communication strategies such as asking follow-up questions and giving

extended answers. They will also learn about turn taking and how to control the flow

of a conversation by adding information. Finally, writing skills will be practiced with

a short essay using the Online Homework Submission and Evaluation System.

Learning outcomes:

• To gain confidence in public speaking.

• To further develop thinking skills in logically presenting, developing , and

evaluating ideas and opinions

• To improve listening skills to effectively use and evaluate elements of

various kinds of communication.

• To appreciate the role communication plays in one’s personal, social,

and professional life.

• Attendance: Attendance is at the discretion of the student. However,

students who attend regularly and participate in class generally do better

in the course.

• introduce themselves and talk about familiar, everyday conversation

topics

• ask for opinions and either agree or disagree politely

• discuss various personal and ethical problems and solutions

• write an essay and submit it

• conduct one cycle of academic research

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites None

Recommended optional

programme components NA

Required reading Students must have the following textbook:

1. Human Communication: Motivation, Knowledge, & Skills by

Sherwyn P.Morreale, Brian H.Spitzberg, J.Kevin Barge, 3rd

edition

Planned learning activities and

teaching methods

Teaching will be based on active class participation. Students are expected to read

the assigned cases and the material covered in the previous lecture before coming to class. The lecturer will summarize and explain the main concepts and techniques

used for problem solving. Previously assigned cases will be presented and discussed

by the students in class.

Language of instruction English

Work placement(s) NA

Course contents:

1 Introducing Communication. A model of communication model

• What is Communication?

• A Model of Communication Competence

• Basic Components of the Communication Competence Model

Ch. 1,2 (Textbook)

2 Perception

• What is Perception?

• Developing self-concept

• Expressing the Self to Others

Ch. 3 (Textbook)

3 Language Ch. 4 (Textbook)

• Why is language important?

• Functions of Languages

• Presentations

4 Nonverbal Communication

• Functions of Nonverbal Communications

• Types of Nonverbal Communication

• Challenges of Nonverbal Communication

• Presentations

Ch. 5 (Textbook)

5 Listening

• Why is Listening Important?

• Types of Listening

• Challenges to Listening

• Presentations

Ch. 6 (Textbook)

6 Mediated Communication Competence

• What is Mediated Communication Competence

• The Importance of Computer-Mediated Communication

• Challenges to Mediated Communication

• Presentations

Ch. 7 (Textbook)

7 Introducing Interpersonal Communication

• A Modal of Interpersonal Communication

• Motivation and Interpersonal Communication

• Presentations

Ch. 8 (Textbook)

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 Building Knowledge. Developing Skills

• Content Knowledge

• Procedural Knowledge

Ch. 9 , 10 (Textbook)

• The Nature of Communication Skills

• The Types of Interpersonal Skills

• Presentations

10 Small group communication

• What is the Small group?

• Getting Motivating

• Presentations

Ch. 11 (Textbook)

11 Understanding Decision making

• Knowing How to Make Group Decisions

• Defining the Problem

• Analysing the Problem

• Presentations

Ch. 12 (Textbook)

12 Managing relationships in Groups : Leadership

• Leadership

• Knowing How to Lead Group

• Presentations

Ch. 13 (Textbook)

13 Introducing public speaking

• A Model of Public Speaking Competence

• What is Public Speaking?

• Presentations

Ch. 14 (Textbook)

14 Understanding Speech Preparation.

• A Competence Model for Preparing of Speech

• Gathering Support Materials

• Using Visual Aids

• Presentations

Ch. 15 (Textbook)

15 Presenting your speech Ch. 16 (Textbook)

• Presenting with Competence

• The Eloquence of Words

• The Value of Correctness

• Presentations

FINAL EXAM

Communication Skills

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Individual or group work 14 8 112

Quizzes 3 2 6

Project/Presentation/Report 2 2 4

E-learning activities

Preparation for the Midterm Examination 1 6 6

Midterm exam 1 2 2

Preparation for the Final Examination 1 6 6

Final exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 181

Total Workload/30(h) 6,03

ECTS Credit of the Course

6

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title ENGINEERING MECHANICS C: DYNAMICS

Course unit code TECH 2104

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle bachelor

Year of study 2nd

year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit

is delivered

4th

semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

5

Name of lecturer Prof. Valeh I. Bakhshaliev

Class information Location: Room: 4

Time: Monday, Thursday

Contact: [email protected]

Office Hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes

of the course unit

Course description:

Mechanics is the oldest and the most highly developed branch

of technical sciences. As important foundation of engineering, its

relevance

continues to increase as its range of application grows.

Technical Mechanics divided into Statics, Elastostatics and Dynamics.

Dynamics is the study of mechanical motion of rigid body under acting

the forces. To investigate Dynamics problems, it is necessary to be

familiar with some basic terms, formulas, and work principles.

This course deals with fundamental knowledge of concepts, and the basic

methods of calculation of the Dynamics.

The trained will receive the basic knowledge of Kinematics and Kinetics

of the rigid bodies, and also the description of oscillation of mechanical

systems.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

After completing the course, students should be able to:

• Explain the importance of Technical Mechanics and describe their

role in practice.

• Explain the concepts of Dynamics used in practical problems.

• Explain the conditions of mechanical motions of the rigid bodies.

• Define the dynamic properties of mechanical systems..

• Solution and dynamic account of machines and mechanisms.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and

co-requisites

TECH 1101 TECH 2101

Recommended

optional programme

components

Recommended or

required readings

Required readings:

• 1. Ferdinand P.Beer , E.Russel Johnston, Jr. Vector Mechanics for Engineers:

Statics and Dynamics, McGraw-Hill International Edition, 6th ed., New York,

2007, 1047 p.

• 2. Dietmar Gross etc. Engineering Mechanics 3. Dynamics, Springer Textbook,

2013

• 3.Joseph F. Shelley. Engineering Mechanics. Dynamics. McGraw-Hill Book

Company, 2006, 920p.

• 4. Targ S. Theoretical mechanics, Moscow, 2005, 525 p. (in English)

• 5. Irving H. Shames. Engineering Mechanics. Dynamics. IV edition, – Pearson

Education Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2003, 405 p.

• 6. Wolfgang H. Muller, Ferdinand Ferber. Technische Mechanik fur

Ingenieure, Fachbuchverlag Leipzig im Carl Hanser Verlag, 2008, 524 p. (in

German)

• 7. Hauger,W., Schnell,W.,Gross,D. Technische Mechanik III, Springer-

Verlag,1999

Supplementary Textbook:

• 8. Bakhshaliev V.I. Engineering Mechanics with solution of problems,

(textbook), Baku, “Elm”, 2012, 352 pp.

• 9. Jens Wittenburg. Dynamics of Multibody Systems. 2d edition, Springer-

Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2008, 223p.

10. Bakhshaliev V.I. Explanatory Dictionary of Mechanics: Main concepts,

theorems, laws in Azerbaijani, Russian, English and German. Baku: Science

Development Foundation of Azerbaijan, 2012, 192 pp.

Planned learning

activities and teaching

methods

Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams

Language of

instruction

English

Work placement(s) –

Course contents

1 Introduction to Dynamics:

• Kinematics of a particle and rigid body.

• Method of describing motion of a particle.

[2], Ch. 1,

p.7

2 Velocity and acceleration:

• Velocity and acceleration vector of a particle.

• Determination of the velocity and acceleration of a particle when its

motion is described by the coordinate and the natural methods.

• Solution of the exercises.

[2], Ch. 1,

p.7,16

3 Mechanical motion of a rigid body:

• Translational motion.

• Rotational motion of a rigid body. Angular velocity and angular

acceleration.

• Uniform and uniform variable rotations of a rigid body.

• Velocities and accelerations of the points of a rotating body.

• Solution of the exercises.

[2], Ch. 2, p.30

4 Plane motion of a rigid body:

• Determination of the velocity of a point of plane body. Instantaneous

centre of zero velocity.

• Acceleration of the points of plane body.

• Solution of the exercises.

• Quiz.

[2], Ch.3

5 Introduction to Kinetics:

• Basic concepts and definitions.

• Laws of Dynamics.

• (Quiz I, chapters 1, 2)

[2], Ch. 3,

p.42

6 Coplanar force system:

• Resultant force, resolution of forces,

• Equilibrium conditions.

• Solution of the exercises.

[2], Ch. 3,

p.60

7 Mechanical system of material particles:

• Kinetics of a material particle.

• system of material particles and a rigid body.

• Solution of the exercises.

[2], Ch.3,

p.71

• (Quiz II, chapters 3)

8 Midterm examination

9 Dynamics of the material particles:

• Differential equations of motion for a particle.

• General theorems of a particle dynamics.

• Theorem of change in the momentum of a particle.

• Solution of the exercises.

[2], Ch.7,

p.175

10 General theorems of a particle dynamics:

• Theorem of change in the angular momentum of a particle.

• Dalamberts principle for a particle.

• Solution of the exercises.

[2], Ch.6,

p.153

11 General theorems of a particle dynamics:

• Work done by a force. Power.

• Theorem of change in the kinetic energy of a particle.

• Solution of the exercises.

[2], Ch.9,

p.261

12 Dynamics of a mechanical system:

• General theorems of a System Dynamics.

• Solution of the exercises.

• (Quiz III, chapters 6, 7)

[2], Ch.4,

p.91

13 Oscillation of mechanical system:

• Oscillation of mechanical system with one degree of freedom.

• Free vibration of system.

• Solution of the exercises.

[2], Ch.5,

p.119

14 Oscillation of mechanical system:

• Forced and damped vibrations of mechanical systems.

• Solution of the exercises.

[2], Ch.8,

p.223

15 Presentations

Final exam

Dynamics

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 4 56

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 14 14

Individual or Group Work 14 3 42

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 1 12

12

Homework 2 3 6

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 15 15

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 150

Total Workload/30(h) 5

ECTS Credit of the Course 5

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title ELECTRONICS: INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL

ENGINEERING Course unit code TECH 2105

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 2nd

year

Semester when the course

unit is delivered

4th

Semester

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5

Name of lecturers Rauf A.Mayilov

Class information Location: Room: 1628

Time: Tuesday, Wednesday

Office hours: upon appointment Contact: [email protected]

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Course Description

It is intended through this course unit as an introduction to the field of of Electrical Engineering systems The purposes of this l course are to learn the

basics of tlectrical systems resistors, capacitors, inductors, sources, Ohm's

and Kirchhoff's circuit laws, series and parallel connections, superposition

principle, Thevenin and Norton equivalent circuits, power and energy, first- and second-order circuits. .

Learning Outcomes of the Course::

Students should be able to :

- Determine the circuit parameters of power transformers, calculate their

efficiency and voltage drop under various loads

- Calculate real, reactive and apparent power, and power factor of given electrical loads, and determine appropriate capacitor size for desired

power factor correction,

- Analyze three-phase circuits, and derive balancing and compensator

elements for unbalanced loads.

- Determine the circuit parameters of transmission lines, and means of controlling real and reactive power flow as well as line compensation and limitations. .

- Recognize constituent parts in dc and ac electrical circuits and electrical machines.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

Microsoft Excel

Recommended or required

reading

The Textbook: 1. Introductory Circuit Analysis. Robert L.

BoylestadHardcover: 1178 pages. Publisher: Pearson; Eleventh edition

2007,

2. Introductory Electrical Engineering Laboratory - Robert C. Maher and Duane T. Hickenbottom.

Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters.

Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in

printed forms. Planned learning activities and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and laboratory practices, discussion sessions, Software commands for Excel

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1 INTRODUCTION. VOLTAGE AND CURRENT

Introduction to metrology laboratory. A basic understanding of the fundamental

concepts of current and voltage.

[1] Ch.2 p.33- 59

2 BASIC LAB EQUIPMENT AND MEASUREMENTS

Basic measurement instruments include multimeters, AC signal generators, and

DC power supplies.

[2] Lab #1

p. 1-1

3 OHM’S LAW, POWER, AND ENERGY

Ohm’s law and how to apply it to a variety of situations. Differences between power and energy levels.

[1] Ch.4

p. 101- 120

4 SIMPLE CIRCUIT MEASUREMENTS AND OHM’S LAW

Simple electrical circuits, resistors and voltage sources. Basic relationships of

electrical engineering, V=IR (Ohm's Law). Measurements of voltage, current and

resistance. Standard methods for presenting experimental measurements in both

tabular and graphical form.

[2] Lab #2

p. 2-1

5

SERIES- PARALLEL CIRCUITS

Unique characteristics of series-parallel configurations and how to solve for the

voltage, current, or power to any individual element or combination of elements.

[1] Ch. 7

p. 243- 273

6 RESISTORS: SIMPLIFICATION OF SERIES AND PARALLEL

NETWORKS

Useful methods for simplifying electrical circuits and networks. Investigations of

series and parallel combinations of resistors are used to show voltage and current

relationships. The concept of an equivalent circuit.

[2] Lab #5

p. 5-1

7 MAGNETIC CIRCUITS

Similarities between the analysis of magnetic circuits and electric circuits.

Develop a clear understanding of the important parameters of a magnetic circuit

and how to find each quantity for a variety of magnetic circuit configurations.

[1] Ch. 12 p.513- 531

8 MIDTERM

9 OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS

The use of operational amplifiers as circuit building blocks. Basic properties of op

amps are observed using simple resistive networks. A few of the practical

limitations of op amp integrated circuits.

[2] Lab #8 p. 8-1

10 NETWORK THEOREMS

Theorem and its unique ability to separate the impact of each source on the quantity

of interest. Thévenin’s theorem to reduce any two-terminal, series- parallel network

with any number of sources to a single voltage source and series resistor.Norton’s theorem and how it can be used to reduce any two-terminal, seriesparallel network

with any number of sources to a single current source and a parallel resistor.

[1] Ch. 9

p. 345- 382

11

THEVENIN AND NORTON EQUIVALENT CIRCUITS

Simplify the analysis of a complicated circuit with an equivalent Norton or Thevenin

circuit. This approach also is used to divide a circuit into linear and nonlinear parts.

The linear part can be simplified to a single voltage/current source and an equivalent resistance.

[2] Lab #10

p. 10-2

12 POWER

Differences between average, apparent, and reactive power and calculation each for

any combination of resistive and reactive elements. Energy dissipated by a load is

the area under the power curve for the period of time of interest.

[1] Ch. 19

p. 835- 861

13 POWER RELATIONSHIPS IN SIMPLE CIRCUITS

Relationships between the power supplied by sources in a circuit and the power

delivered to other circuit elements. Concept of maximum power transfer and other power calculations in simple resistive circuits.

[2] Lab #12

p. 12-1

14 INDUCTORS

Basic construction of an inductor, the factors that affect the strength of the

magnetic field established by the element, and how to read the nameplate data.

Impact of combining inductors in series or parallel.

[1] Ch. 11

p. 461- 499

15 RL AND RC CIRCUITS

Basic RL and RC circuits. The output of any R, L, and C circuit can be

analyzed to determine both the steady-state (forced) output and the transient

(natural) response for any given input. Analysis and construction of simple

RL and RC circuits.

[2] Lab #13 p. 13-1

FINAL EXAM

Introduction to Electrical Engineering

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 4 56

Labs and Tutorials 4 1 4

Assignment

Project/Presentation/Report 1 5 5

E-learning activities

Quizzes 2 2 4

Midtern Exam 1 2 2

Preparation for the Midterm Examination 1 4 4

Final Exam 1 3 3

Preparation for the Final Examination 1 7 7

Self Study 13 5 65

Total Workload 150

Total Workload/30(h) 5

ECTS Credit of the Course

5

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering Course unit title MACHINE ELEMENTS IIA

Course unit code TECH 2106

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 2st year

Semester when the course unit is delivered

4th semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

3

Name of lecturers Rauf Malikov

Class information

Location: Room 1513

Time: Thursday 09.30- 10.05

Office hours: upon appointment

Contact: [email protected]

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Course Description: This course aims to equip the students with the

fundamentals of these design activities and give them necessary skills to

prepare complete, concise, and accurate calculation steps for machine

elements. This part of the course covers analyses and design of different

types of power transmission such as friction transmission, gearing,

belting,chain transmission.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

TECH 2103

Recommended optional programme components

Recommended or required

reading

Required Text:

Required Text:

1. Dobrovolsky V.A. Machine elements

2. Bhandari V.B, “Design of Machine Elements”,Second Editi

on, Tata McGraw-Hill Book Co, 2007. Additional materials for class discussions and lectures related to the theme

will be distributed in class

Language of instruction English

Work placement(s) NA

Course contents:

1 Power transmissions. Power transmissions systems and their principal features. Drives with a constant velocity ratio. Velocity ratio. Peripheral velocity.

Transmitted power. Loss of power and efficiency. Drives with a variable

velocity ratio.

Chapter XII

2 Friction transmissions. Design. Advantages and shortcomings. Classifications

of Friction drives. Parts of friction drives. Design of the wheels.

Chapter XIII

3 Calculatuion of drives with parallel shafts. Chapter XIII

4 Calculatuion of drives with intersecting shafts. Chapter XIII

5 Belt transmissions. Design. Advantages and shortcomings. Classifications of

belting. Parts of belt drives. Belts, pulleys. Materials and construction of flat

and V- belts. Geometric relationships for length of belt.

Chapter XIV

6 Tonsion in a belt. Stress in belts. Chapter XIV

7 Calculation of belt drives. Kinds of damage and criteria of calculation. Geometry of belt drives. Calculating belt pull. Calculating belt service life.

Chapter XIV

8 Midterm exam

9

Gearings. Fundamentals of the theory and operations of gear. Advantages

and shortcomings of gear transmission. Classifications of gears. Selection of materials for gears

Chapter XV

10 Parts of toothed gears. Materials. Design of pinions and wheels. Chapter XV

11 Spur gears. Calculation of involute straight-tooth spur gears. Forces acting in a

gear. Dynamic load factor. Load concentration factor. Allowable contact stress.

Chapter XV

12 Helical and herringbone involute spur gears. Design. Calculation of helical

and herringbone involute spur gears

Chapter XV

13 Bevel gears. Design of bevel gears. Calculation of bevel gears. Chapter XV

13 Screw and hypoid gears. Design. Advantages and shortcomings. Chapter XVI

14 Worm gears. Design. Fundamentals of the theory and operation of the gears. Calculation o worm gears.

Chapter XVII

15 Chain transmissions. Part of chain Drives. Types of power transmission chains.

Geometry of chain. Calculation of chain transmissions.

Chapter XIX

FINAL EXAM

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5

Individual or Group Work 14 2 28

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 1 3

3

Homework 3 2 6

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 98

Total Workload/30(h) 3.2

ECTS Credit of the Course 3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title SEPARATION TECHNOLOGY AND ARCHITYPES

Course unit code TECH 2107

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 2nd

year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit

is delivered

4th

semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

3

Name of lecturer Shamilov Fail

Learning outcomes

of the course unit

Description of the course unit:

The Separation Technology and achetypes study programme includes drilling,

production and reservoir engineering and petrophysics. These technologies have the

common aim of contributing to optimal production and treatment of hydrocarbons and water from reservoirs and eventually transport of stabilized oil and gas, in addition to

the important contributions of drilling to the exploration phase. Thus, Separation

Technology in Oil & Gas industry comes as a next stage.

Learning Outcomes:

• Be able to contribute to planning for field development and operation, and to impact studies of petroleum fields.

• Be able to make plans for drilling of onshore and offshore wells, for recovery

of oil and gas from different types of reservoirs, or design and operation of

production and injection wells, including processing on the seafloor and with use of permanent installations.

• Be able to apply knowledge and skills within petroleum engineering in a social economic, environmentally friendly and safe perspective throughout field life.

• Be able to use geophysical and geological knowledge to interpret and map data for identification of potential prospects.

• Be able to contribute to development of geo-based technology for exploration and improved recovery of petroleum resources.

• Be able to make plans for oil & gas separation technology,will have

knowladge about oil-water-gas, 2/3 phase separator, horizontal and vertical

separator and have skills to select what kind of separator is required.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and

co-requisites

None

Recommended

optional programme

components

Course contents

Unit

Topic

Content Textbook

and

chapter

1

Five steps to heaven, Oil and

Gas Accumulation

▪ Source Rock

▪ Migration

▪ Reservoir

▪ Seal/Trap

Topic Coursework: Class

was divided into 4 teams,

Team discuss was

provided.

1, Ch. 1

(pages

19-52)

2

Oil & Gas Wells Logging

▪ Sonic Logging ▪ Density Logging ▪ Resistivity Logging

▪ Clays

Laboratory work: Visual experiment was provided

and discussed.

1, Ch. 2 (pages

53-98)

3

Introduction to Drilling

Engineering.

▪ Wells ▪ Well Lifecycle

▪ Well Types ▪ Drill Bits ▪ Casing

▪ Functions of Casing

Team Presentation was

provided.

1, Ch. 3

(pages 99

– 158)

4

Drilling Process & Design:

Casing & Tubing

▪ Casing Programmes ▪ Cementing Casing ▪ Types of Casing

▪ Pore Preassure ▪ Design Bottom to Top ▪ Tubing

Team Presentation was

provided.

4, Ch. 5 (pages

105-216)

5

Mud & Cements

▪ Drilling Fluid (Mud)

▪ Types of mud

▪ Functions of mud ▪ Oil Based Mud ▪ Water Based Mud

▪ Cements ▪ Types of Cementing

▪ Functions of Cementing ▪ Cement additivies

Topic Coursework: Class

was divided into 2 teams

and team discuss was provided.

1, Ch. 7

(pages

328-386)

6 Well Completions ▪ Lower Completions 1, Ch. 8,

▪ Upper Completions

▪ Well Completions Design

9

(pages 329- 360)

7

Facilities Management

▪ Fluid Properties

▪ Gas Properties Group discussion was

provided.

1, Ch. 10

(pages 361-396)

8 Midterm exam

9

Separation Technologies

▪ Horizontal Separators ▪ Vertical Separators

▪ Functions of Separators

1, Ch. 13

(pages

450-477)

10

Oil & Gas Transportation after Separation Process

▪ Subsea Transportation ▪ Onshore Transportation ▪ Pipelines

Team Presentation was

provided

1, Ch. 14

(pages 478 – 493)

11

Separation Systems

▪ Produced water treatment

▪ Gas sweetening and

dehydration ▪ Measurement

Visual laboratory work was provided.

7, Ch. 1- 2

(pages 19

– 147)

12

Perforation

▪ Functions of Perforation ▪ Perforation guns

▪ Perforation Design

5, Ch. 3

(pages

59-98)

13

Subsea Tree

▪ Subsea Tree design ▪ Subsea Tree functions

▪ Subsea tree construction Class was divided into 3

teams. Team work was

provided

3, Ch. 4

(pages

106-168)

14

HP and HT Wells

▪ High Pressure factors

▪ High Temperature factors

Laboratory work. Visual

experiment was provided and discussed.

9, Ch. 8

(Pages 278-314)

15

Horizontal, Multilateral &

Intelligent wells

▪ Horizontal Wells ▪ Multilateral Wells

▪ Intelligent Wells Team

Presentation was

provided.

9, Ch. 12

(Pages 436-489)

Final exam

Recommended or required readings

Required readings:

1. Norman J. Hune: "Nontechnical Guide to Petroleum Geology, Explaration, Drilling

and Production., 2014

Optional readings: 1. Essentials of Reservoir Engineering. Volume 2 Pierre Donnez 2012

2. Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering. L.P.Dake

3. Drilling Engineering Manoj Karkare 2015

4. Advanced Drilling Engineering. Principles and Designs Manoj Karkare2015 5. Drilling technology in nontechnnical language. Steve Devereux 2012. 6. Gas Liquid and Liquid Liquid Separators Maurice Steward Ken Arnold

7. Separator (Oil Production) Cornelia Cecilia Eglantine 8. Offshore operation Facilities. Equipment and Procedures. Huacan Fang, Menglan Duan

9. Advanced Well Completion Engineering. Wan Renpu 2011

Planned learning

activities and teaching methods

Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, research paper, quizzes and exams

Language of

instruction

English

Work placement(s) –

Separation Technology and archetypes

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 2 28

Labs and Tutorials 3 1 3

Assignment

Project/Presentation/Report

E-learning activities

Quizzes 2 1 2

Midterm Examination 1 2 2

Final Examination 1 3 3

Individual or group work 14 4 56

Total Workload 94

Total Workload/30(h) 3,1

ECTS Credit of the Course

3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT :ENGINEERING DESIGN

Course unit code TECH 2107/PE

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 2nd

year

Semester when the

course unit is delivered

4th

semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

3

Name of lecturers Telman Askeraliyev

Class information Location: Room: 5 Time: Monday

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description

Exploring the entire product-development process, from identifying customer needs

to generating concepts, prototyping and designing the product in order to launch a

business. Learning best practices from the industry using case studies, and applying

the knowledge in a team project. It is is a project- based course which covers modern tools and methods for product design and development. Class sessions are conducted

in workshop mode and employ cases and hands-on exercises to reinforce the key ideas.

Topics include identifying customer needs, concept generation, product architecture, industrial design, and design-for-manufacturing.

Learning Outcomes of the Course: After completing the course, students should be able to:

• To read engineering drawings;

• To understand axonometric and multiview drawings;

• To distinguish between main machine parts and learning the basic parameters of each part;

• To participate in designing and selection of materials for producing new

products;

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional programme components

Recommended or

required reading

Textbooks:

1. Brian Griffiths, Engineering drawing for manufacture,London, 2003

2. Fundamentals of Machine component Design, Robert C. Juvinall, fifth edition, 2012 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

Optional:

3. Process: 50 Product Designs from Concept to Manufacture, 2nd edition

By Jennifer Hudson

4. Managing The Design Factory: A Product Developer's Toolkit by

Donald G. Reinertsen

Planned learning activities and teaching methods

Lectures, class projects, reading materials from textbook, quizzes, assignments, discussions, exams.

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1 Introduction to drawing – 1

Product design purpose, sketching, need for standards, glass box, viewing

object, components of a drawing basic line types.

Sketching practice – types of lines, multiview drawings and basic geometric shapes.

Ch.1,[1]

2 Introduction to drawing – 2

Freehand sketching, graphics language, projection method, line of sight, plane of projection, orthographic projection, multiview drawing, axonometric

drawing, three primary views.

Assignment 1 – spatial analysis, the students are given two dimensional

diagram of an object and they should picture it in three dimensions.

Ch.1,[1]

Mechanical and

Spatial aptitude,

Copyright © 2001

LearningExpress, LLC.

ISBN 1-57685-

357-8,

p.119

www.learnatest.com

3 Material Selection - 1

Strength of materials, Materials classification, factors in design

Team work – dividing into groups and allocating the jobs related to the

development of the review part of the course project.

Ch.3,[2]

4

Material Selection – 2

strain rate, material selection chart, case study

Assignment 3 – spatial analysis, the students are given two dimensional

diagram of an object and they should picture it in three dimensions.

Ch.3,[2]

Mechanical and Spatial

aptitude, Copyright ©

2001

LearningExpress, LLC.

ISBN 1-57685-

357-8,

p.119

www.learnatest.com

5

Bolts and Nuts – 1

Fasteners, soldering, washers, screw, rivet, Bolt specifications, nuts specifications;

Team work –Discussing the issues related to the review part of the course project.

Ch.10,[2]

6 Bolts and Nuts - 2

match specifications, thread, pitch, head size, nut specifications.

Sketching practice – basic sketch of a bolt

Ch.10,[2],

https://www.youtube. com/watch?v=NP1sp _eTWhc

7 Gears – 1

Definitions, driver, driven, Idler, Gear train, gear ratio

Lab.: – calculating gear ratio and creating Microsoft Excel spreadsheet of the

parameters’ interrelationships

Ch.15,[2],

http://bowlesphysics. com/images/Robotic

s_-

_Gears_and_Gear_

Ratios.pdf

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 Gears - 2

gear speed calculations, Bevel gear, important calculations Quiz

2 – calculating gear speed

Ch.15,[2]

http://bowlesphysic s.com/images/Rob

otics_-

_Gears_and_Gear

_Ratios.pdf

10 Belt Drives – 1

Application of belts, types of belts, flat belt, V-belt, circular belt, velocity ratio of belt drive

Team work – developing the review part of the project into the full- developed product

Ch.19,[2]

11 Belt Drives – 2

Belt drives, basic formulas, driving force, torque, quiz.

Ch.19,[2]

Team work – final project discussions related to the development of the chosen product

12 Clutches and brakes – 1

Types of clutches, disc clutch, cone clutch, centrifugal clutch

Ch.20,[2]

13 Clutches and brakes – 2

jaw clutch, brake application, disc brake, difference between clutches and brakes

Ch.20,[2]

14 Simple Machines – 1

Definitions, wheels, axles, pulleys, inclined planes, wedges

Sketching practice – Providing basic sketches of simple machine parts

Ch.20,[2]

15 Simple Machines – 2

Screws, Lever first class, lever second class, complex machinery

Team work - final part – discussing of the results obtained during the work under project, presentations if available

Discussions – review of the subject, goals obtained and conclusion

Ch.20,[2]

FINAL EXAM

Product Development - Engineering Design (PE)

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 2 28

Labs and Tutorials 2 1 2

Assignment 1 1 1

Project/Presentation/Report

E-learning activities

Quizzes 2 1 2

Midterm Examination 1 2 2

Final Examination 1 3 3

Individual or group work 14 4 56

Total Workload 94

Total Workload/30(h) 3,1

ECTS Credit of the Course

3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title FUNDAMENTALS OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

Course unit code TECH 3101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd

year

Semester/trimester when the course unit

is delivered

5th

semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

3

Name of lecturer Telman Askeraliyev

Class information Location: Room: 5

Time: Monday Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes

of the course unit

Course Description

Examining the basic concepts and methods of industrial engineering through individual

and team-based hands-on activities. Exploring the profession of industrial engineering

in the full meaning of the words. Learning how to streamline organizations, facilities, plans, tools, processes, methods and work environments for optimal effectiveness.

Discovering the responsibilities and practices of an industrial engineer and developing

the talents necessary to strengthen the overall performance of all work segments. Whether you work in manufacturing, service or government, this course shows you how

to use industrial engineering techniques as necessary tools to improve your work

organization.

Learning Outcomes of the Course: After completing the course, students should be able:

• To create an improvement strategy for the work organization;

• To obtain an organizational vision, strategic objectives and a long-range plans;

• To recognize opportunities for implementing lean principles;

• Making use of process improvement techniques.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and

co-requisites

None

Recommended

optional program

components

Microsoft Excel

Course contents

Unit

Topic

Content Reference to

textbook and

chapter(s)

1 Introduction to Industrial Engineering – 1

Definition of Industrial Engineering, Typical focus

areas, History of IE

Ch.1, [1]

2

Introduction to Industrial Engineering – 2

Management system, significant events in IE,

introduction of lean manufacturing, careers in

Industrial Engineering (IE).

Case study: LCV (Long Combination Vehicle) for

higher productivity, safety, Automated Trailer Steering

Team Work: Company analysis

Ch.1, [1],

http://www.path.be rkeley.edu/sites/de

fault/files/publicati

ons/PRR-2006- 08.pdf

3

Targets of Ergonomics – 1

Philosophy of ergonomics, ergonomics

activities, factors affecting ergonomics,

occupational ergonomics

Discussion: Detrimental factors for Ergonomics

development

Case study: Careers in Industrial Engineering field

Team Work: Company analysis

Ch.1, [1] ,

http://www.worldwi

delearn.com/onlin e-

education-

guide/engineering/ industrial-

engineering-

major.htm

4

Targets of Ergonomics – 2

Types of ergonomics, benefits of ergonomics, barriers faced by the Industrial engineers

Team Work: Review of existing companies from Ergonomic point of view

Ch.1, [1]

5

Physiology basis of human labor assessment – 1

Science behind ergonomics, physiology, posture tips,

safety tips for hands;

Lab: Exercise in Excel. Creating Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.

Calculating time difference for the issues

concerning work load and ensuring safer work

place;

Team Work: Review of existing companies from

Ergonomic point of view

Ch.4, [1]

https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=

5uqkrzkEXCU,

first part of the video,

LUNDA.COM

6

Physiology basis of human labor assessment – 2

managing positioning, safety cabinet use, office ergonomics

Team Work: Review of existing companies from Ergonomic point of view;

Lab: Exercise in Excel. Creating Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. Calculating time difference for the issues

Ch.4, [1]

concerning work load and ensuring safer work

place;

7

Anthropometric and Biomechanical basis in

Ergonomic design of

workplace-1

anthropometry, types of body measurements,

correct boy posture in front of computer,

anthropometry of human body

Ch.3, [1],]

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9

Anthropometric and Biomechanical basis in

Ergonomic design of

workplace – 2

advantages of using anthropometric data for workplace design, segmented human body

model, application of anthropometric data in

workplace design

Ch.3, [1]

10

Stress management techniques in the workplace

– 1

Main causes of stress, aims of ergonomics,

importance of highlighting stress related issues;

Labs - 1: Calculation of the overtime payment for the workers using Microsoft Excel spreadsheet;

Ch.2, [1]

https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=

mmurQcPeOpA

11

Stress management techniques in the workplace

– 2

examples of stressful jobs, reduction of psycho

–social risks

Lab.: Calculation of the overtime payment for the workers using Microsoft Excel spreadsheet;

Ch.2, [1]

https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=

mmurQcPeOpA

12

Work Organization – 1

work design, systems of work, process based organizations, process planning,

Problem solving: Exercise in Excel N2, Creating better visualization of work organization activities;

Lab.: Creating weekly timesheet calculator in Microsoft Excel;

Ch.3, [1],

https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=

ooo4WoT0wns

13

Work Organization – 2

smart working, operational flexibility, high

performance working, lean manufacturing

Team Work: Discussion of the issues related to the final part of the project(safety trainings catered for the

chosen field)

Lab.: Creating weekly timesheet calculator in Microsoft Excel;

Ch.3, [1],

https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=

ooo4WoT0wns

14 Shift and night work - 1 Design recommendations, shift work issues,

health problems Ch.3, [1]

15

Shift and night work - 2 fatigue, injury risks, circadian rhythm, injury

trends in shift work

Team Work: Discussion of the issues related to

Ch.3, [1]

the final part of the project (safety trainings

catered for the chosen field)

FINAL EXAM

Recommended or

required readings

Text book:

1.Handbook of Industrial Engineering, Gavriel Salvendy, 2001, by John Wiley and

sons, Inc.

Optional:

2. Fire safety workplace security: A selected bibliography (Architecture series-- bibliography) Paperback – 1986, by Anthony G White (Author)

3. Office Work Can Be Dangerous to Your Health: A Handbook of Office Health and

Safety Hazards and What You Can Do About Them Paperback – January 12, 1984,by

Jeanne Stellman (Author), Mary Sue Henifin (Author), Lyda Pola (Illustrator)

Planned learning activities and

teaching methods

Lectures, class discussions, case studies, assignments, labs and exams

Language of instruction

English

Work placement(s) NA

Fundamentals of Industrial Engineering

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Labs and Tutorials 3 1 3

Assignment

Project/Presentation/Report 2 1 2

E-learning activities

Quizzes

Preparation for the Midterm Examination 1 4 4

Midterm exam 1 2 2

Preparation for the Final Examination 1 6 6

Final Exam 1 3 3

Self Study 10 4 40

Total Workload 102

Total Workload/30(h) 3,4

ECTS Credit of the Course

3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS

Course unit code MATH 3101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle bachelor

Year of study 3rd year

Semester when the course unit is delivered

5th

Semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

6

Name of lecturers Rena Zulfugarova

Class information Location:

Time: Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description

In this course, you will learn basic statistical techniques that you will need in

econometrics and economics. The main aim of this course is to provide students

with an introductory yet comprehensive overview statistical methods. It also provides students an opportunity to be able to use concepts from the text to solve

problems dealing with many real- life scientific and engineering situations.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

After completing the course, students should be able to:

• explain Statistical concepts,

• analyze methods of descriptive statistics of collecting, analyzing and

presenting data obtained,

• apply statistical methods for solving problems in business and economics.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co- requisites

MATH 1101, MATH1102

Recommended optional

programme components

EXCEL

Recommended or 1. E-book: David Moore, The Basic Practice of Statistics, Fifth Edition

required reading 2010

2. David M. Levine, David F., Stephan Timothy, C. Krehbiel, Mark

L. Berenson, STATISTICS FOR MANAGERS USING Microsoft Excel

Custom Edition for UMASS-Amherst Professor Robert Nakosteen Taken from: Statistics for Managers: Using Microsoft Excel, Fifth

Edition by David M. Levine, David F. Stephan, Timothy C. Krehbiel, and Mark L.Berenson . by David M. Levine, David F. Stephan, Timothy

C. Krehbiel, and Mark L. Berenson. Pearson Education, Inc.Published by

Prentice Hall Upper Saddle River, New Jersey

3. Selected chapter on Business Analysis, Second Edition taken from

Decision modeling with Microsoft Excel, Sixth edition by Jefferey

H. Moor and Larry R. Weatherford, Operations Management, Fourth

Edition by Roberta Russell and Bernard Taylor

Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.

Planned learning activities and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, assignment, discussion sessions, presentation.

Language of instruction English

Work placement(s) NA

Course contents:

1. Introduction to the Statistics and Statistical fundamentals:

• Why study Statistics

• Types of Statistics

• Types of Variables

• Raw data, arrays, population, sample, frequency distributions

• LAB. Basic Excel formulas and functions and Spreadsheet model MS

Excel LAB.

Chapter 1[1]

Chapter 4[2]

(Text book)

(p.25-29 [2]) p.75[2]

2. Displaying Distributions with Graphs:

• Bar charts

• Pie charts

• LAB. Construction and graphing Bar, Pie Charts(Software

commands for MS Excel, PHStat. )

Chapter 1 [1]

Chapter 2[2] (Text book)

p.75[2]

3. Displaying Distributions with Graphs:

• Histograms

• Stem plots

• Time plots

• LAB. Construction and graphing Histogram, Stemplots, Time plots

Chapter 1 [1]

Chapter 2[2] (Text book)

(Software commands for MS Excel, PHStat. ) p.75[2]

4. Describing Distributions with Numbers:

• Measuring center: The Mean

• The Properties of the Mean

• LAB. Descriptive Statistics (Software commands for MS Excel,

PHStat.)

Chapter 2 [1]

Chapter 3[2]

(Text book)

p.143 [2]

5. Describing Distributions with Numbers:

• Measuring center: The Median

• Measuring center: The Quartiles

• The Mode

• The five-number summary and Box-plots

• LAB. Descriptive Statistics (Software commands for MS Excel,

PHStat.)

Chapter 2 [1]

Chapter 3[2]

(Text book)

p.143 [2]

6. Sampling Distributions

• Simple Random Samples.

• Other Sampling Designs.

• LAB. Creating simple random samples (Software commands for MS Excel, PHStat)

Chapter 8 [1]

Chapter 7 [2] (Text book)

7. Describing Data: Displaying and Exploring Data:

• The Empirical Rule

• Normal Distribution and Normal Curve

• Areas under the Normal Curve

• Standardized value - Z-score

• LAB. Areas under the Normal Curve, Finding Value of an

Observation. (Software commands for MS Excel, PHStat)

Chapter 3[1]

Chapter 6[2]

(Text book) p.247 [2]

8. Midterm Exam

9. Probability

• Randomness and Probability.

• General Rules of Probability.

• LAB. Determining Probability (MS Excel, PHStat)

Chapter 12[1]

Chapter 4[2] (Text book)

10. Conditional Probability:

• Bayes’ Rule

• Independece

• Multiplicative Rules

• LAB. MS Excel commands for Bayes’ Rule & Independece

Chapter 12[1]

Chapter 4[2]

(Text book)

11. Some discrete probability Distribution:

• Binomial Distribution

• Poisson Distribution

• LAB. Binomial Distribution & Poisson Distribution (Software

commands for MS Excel, PHStat)

Chapter 13[1]

Chapter 5[2]

(Text book)

12. Confidence Intervals

• The Basics.

• Confidence Intervals for the mean µ

• LAB. Computing the confidence interval estimate for the mean (σ known

and unknown (Software commands for MS Excel, PHStat)

Chapter 8 [2] p.322 [2]

13. Fundamentals of Hypothesis Testing

• Stating Hypotheses

• P-value and Statistical Significance

• Two-Way Tables.

• LAB. Using the Z test for the mean (Software commands for MS Excel,

PHStat)

Chapter 6[1]

Chapter 9 [2] (Text book)

14. Scatter plots and correlation:

• Correlation Analysis

• The Coefficient of Correlation

• LAB. Construction and graphing Scatter plots, Correlation analysis

(Software commands for MS Excel, PHStat)

Chapter 4 [1]

Chapter 3[2] (Text book)

15. İnference for regression

• The Regression Model

• The Least Squares Principles

• LAB. Regression analysis (Software commands for MS Excel, PHStat).

Chapter

,23[1] Chapter 10

[2]

(Text book)

p.422[2]

. FINAL EXAM

Descriptive statistics

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 4

56

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 15 15

Individual or Group Work 14 5 70

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 2 5 10

Homework 3 3 9

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 15 15

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 180

Total Workload/30(h) 6

ECTS Credit of the Course 6

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title INTRODUCTION TO FLUID AND THERMODYNAMICS

Course unit code TECH 3102

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd

year

Semester when the

course unit is delivered

5th

Semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

5

Name of lecturers Jeyhun Naziyev

Class information Location: Room: 4, 5

Time: Tuesday, Friday

Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description

The block covers Introduction to fluid and thermodynamics. Students will learn

general aspects on fluid mechanics and thermodynamics, and also will learn to

solve simple problems. Such important topics as flow friction, buoyant force effective on a body, phase equilibria and phase transitions, applications of

pumps and compressors, heat engines, an effective energy use, and also

calculations methods are considered. The course focuses on application of knowledge on fluid and thermodynamics in their professional careers.

Learning Outcomes:

• Identify and use units and notations in fluid and

thermodynamics.

• An understanding of fluid mechanics fundamentals, including

concepts of mass and momentum conservation.

• An ability to apply the Bernoulli equation to solve problems in fluid mechanics.

• An ability to use potential flow theory to solve problems in fluid

mechanics.

• A knowledge of laminar and turbulent boundary layer fundamentals. • A knowledge of the concept of phase, phase equilibria, and phase

transitions

• State and illustrate the first and second laws of thermodynamics.

• Apply the first and second laws of thermodynamics to formulate and

solve engineering problems.

• Use thermodynamic data and equation of state (e.g. the ideal gas law) to obtain appropriate property data to solve thermodynamics problems.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

N/A

Recommended or

required reading

Recommended Sources

Textbooks:

• Fundamentals of Physics. D.Halliday, R.Resnick and J.Walker, John Wiley & Sons, 4

th edition.

• Course on Physics. E.R.Jones and R.I.Childers, Addison-

Wesley Publishing Company, 2nd

edition. • Technical thermodynamics, V.V.Nashekin.

• Fluid mechanics, thermodynamics of turbomachinery,

S.L.Dixon

• Subsurface ventilation and environment engineering. Malcolm J. McPherson.

• Laboratories on physics. ASOIU.

Supplementary Course Materials (*)

Technical thermodynamics, Y.M.Naziyev; Laws of

Thermodynamics. C.Y.Naziyev;

Planned learning activities Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming

and teaching methods

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1 • Introduction to the Course; Work, Energy, Impulse. Laws of

conservation.

• Force and motion. Newton’s Second law.

• Work done by constant and variable forces. Work and total

mechanical energy.

• Conservation of the mechanical energy.

• Impulse and linear momentum. Linear momentum

conservation law.

• Exercises: The use of work-energy theorem, and

conservation laws in solutions of problems.

(1) Ch.7,8,9;

(2) Ch.6,7,8

(1) pp.181, 212,

248

2

Fluids. Fluid static. Liquids and its properties. • Fluids definition and properties.

• Density and pressure. Measuring pressure. Barometer and manometer.

• Pascal’s and Archimedes’ principles.

• Exercises: Clarification of connections among the characteristics of the liquids at rest. Determination of an absolute pressure.

(1) Ch.16,19

(2) Ch.10,12

(1) p.466

3 Ideal gas.

• Ideal gas. Equation of state for ideal gas.

• Ideal gas mixtures.

• The work of gas expansion.

• Exercises: Study of the main parameters of ideal gas and

mixtures of different gases.

(1) Ch.21;

(2) Ch.12;

(3) Ch.2,3

(1) p.598, (2)

p.344,

(3) pp.28, 35

4 Real gases.

• Phase.Real gas. Equation of state for real gases.

• Phase diagrams.

• Exercises: Obtaining of expressions for real gases by making some corrections to equation of state for ideal gas. Phase diagrams for real gases.

(3)Ch.4

(3) p.50

5

Fluid flow. • Steady flow. Ideal fluid flow. Nonviscose flow.

• Streamlines, mass conservation law and the equation of

continuity. • Bernoulli’s equation.

• Exercises: Volume and mass flow rate equations. Solutions of the

problems related to the steady fluid flow.

• Quiz

(1)Ch.16;

(2)Ch.10; (4)Ch.2

(1) p.471, (2)

p.295

6 Flow friction. • Flow with friction – viscose flow. Viscosity. • Newtonian fluids. Newton’s equation for fluid flow.

• Frictional form of Bernoulli's equation.

• Poiseuille’s law. • Stokes’s law. • Laminar and turbulent flows. Reynolds number.

• Exercises: Use of fluid flow with friction equations. Determination of the type of fluid flow by finding of Reynolds

number.

• Lab. Determination of viscosity of liquids by Stokes method.

(1)Ch.16; (2)Ch.10;

(4)Ch.2;

(*)

(2) p.295

(6)

7 Pumps and compressors.

• Classification of pumps. Centrifugal Pumps. Pressure and Head.

Positive Displacement Pumps

• Types of Air Compressors. Reciprocating Air and Rotary Screw Compressors.

• Exercises: Questions and problems about the operation of pumps and compressors.

• Lab. Determination of viscosity of liquids using Poiseuille’s method.

(2)Ch.13;

(3)Ch.16; (*)

(3) p.257

(6)

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 Temperature and heat. • Temperature and states of matter. • Heating and cooling.

• Change of phase. • Heat transfer. Heat capacity.

• Exercises: Heat transfer and temperature increase. Phase

transformations.

• Lab. Determination of the Cp / Cv heat capacities ratio of gases by Clement - Desormes’ method.

(1) Ch.19,20, 21;

(2) Ch.11;(*)

(2) p.320, (1)

p.569

(6)

10 Entropy

• Enthalpy and the steady flow energy equation. • Physical meaning of Entropy. • Entropy in a reversible process. Entropy change.

• Exercises: Calculation the entropy change of the system.

• Lab. Determination of the Cp / Cv by the speed of sound in the gas.

(1)Ch.22; (2)Ch.13;

(3)Ch.8;

(4)Ch.2;(*)

(1) p.632, (2)

p.377

(6)

11

Thermodynamical Laws.

• Thermodynamic properties, system, state, process. • The First law of thermodynamics. • Carnot cycle and the efficiency of engines.

• The second law of thermodynamics.

• Exercises: Application of thermodynamical laws to different processes.

• Quiz

(1)Ch.19,20, 22;

(3)Ch.8; (*)

(1) p.571, 630

12 Heat Engines. Combustion engines.

• Heat Engines definition.

• Combustion engines and its types. Compression ratio.

• Otto cycle. Efficiency.

• Exercises: Questions and problems concerning benzene

engine working principle.

(3)Ch.17

(3) p.272

13 Combustion engines.

• Diesel cycle. Cut-off ratio and its efficiency.

• Comparison of Otto and Diesel cycles.

• Exercises: Questions and problems concerning diesel engine working principle.

(3)Ch.17

(3) p.274

14 Steam turbine engine. • Steam turbines.

• Ideal Rankin cycle. Efficiency.

• Practical Rankin cycle. Efficiency. • Methods to increase the efficiency.

• Exercises: Questions and problems concerning working

principles of steam turbines.

(3)Ch.19; (4)Ch.2

(3) p.315

15 Gas turbine engine. • Gas turbines.

• Ideal Brayton/Joule cycle. • Actual Brayton/Joule cycle. • Methods to increase power

• Exercises: Questions and problems concerning working

principles of gas turbines.

• Quiz

(3)Ch.18

(3) p.291

FINAL EXAM

Introduction to Fluid and Thermodynamics

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 4 56

Individual or Group Work 14 4.5 63

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 8 8

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 1 5

5

Homework 2 2 4

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 10 10

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 151

Total Workload/30(h) 5

ECTS Credit of the Course 5

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title INVESTMENT AND FINANCING

Course unit code ACCT 3101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd

year

Semester when the

course unit is

delivered

5th

semester

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6

Name of lecturer Leyla Hasanova

Class information Location: Room: 4,5 Time: Tuesday, Thursday Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes

of the course unit

Course Description:

This course will provide students with introduction to basic processes and models of

investment. Investment in capital, external investment, methods of investment appraisal are discussed within the course. Acquire sufficient knowledge of the quantitative methods

used in investment finance to apply them to financial markets. Students also study the

means by which businesses raise finance and manage finance. A relationship between the investment and financing is explained by financial analysis, structural models of capital,

indexes and shareholders value concept. Students will develop an advanced knowledge of

financial statement analysis, as well as the ability to use specialized analytical tools.

Learning outcomes:

At the end of the course the student should be able to :

• Apply the most important formulas in Financing and Investment.

• Determine the future value of investment made today.

• Determine the present value of cash to be received in the future.

• Make and evaluate Investment and Finance decisions based on capital budgeting techniques.

• Recognize effects of uncertainty on decision-making situations and apply simple

solution techniques for decision-making under uncertainty.

• Determine a firm’s overall cost of capital.

• Determine and critically evaluate the economic benefit of various types of

financing.

• Compute basic valuation analysis for financial markets instruments.

• Use basic knowledge for designing financial instruments to acquire.

• Explain the operating and cash cycles and why they are important.

• Standardize financial statements for comparison purposes.

• Compute and interpret some common ratios.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and None

co-requisites

Recommended optional programme

components

NA

Course contents

Unit

Topic

Textbook and chapter

1

Introduction to investment enviroment :

Real and Financial Assets; Investment Process; Financial Markets and the economy

Lab/Tutorial: Identifying real and financial assets for different transactions

Chapter 1; p.2-15 (TxBk 2)

p.23 (#7);p.24 (#9,10)

2

The Basics of Financial System: Financial Instruments, Financial

Markets and Intermediaries:

Money market Instruments; Capital Market Instruments; Financial Markets

and players; How Securities are traded

Chapter 2; p.27-39 (TxBk

2),

Chapter 3; p.55-59 (TxBk

2)

3

Introduction to valuation. Time Value of Money Concept:

Simple and Compound Interest; Present Value Concept; Future Value Concept Lab/Tutorial: Review problems on PV,FV using Microsoft Excel

Chapter 5,

(TxBk 1)

p.141-142

4

Discounted Cash Flow Valuation:

Annuities; Perpetuities; Loan types and Loan Amortization; EAR&APR

Lab/Tutorial: Review problems and spreadsheet tasks on Annuities,

Perpetuities, loan amortization schedule using Microsoft Excel Quiz I

Chapter 6,

(TxBk 1)

p.180-184 (#7-14; 19-24;26; 30-35; 53-55)

5

Capital Budgeting Process I :

Classification of Projects; Investment appraisal techniques (static methods). Lab/Tutorial : Review selected end-of-chapter problems

Chapter 9 (TxBk 1)

p.290( #1,2)

6

Capital Budgeting Process II :

Investment appraisal techniques (dynamic methods)

Lab/Tutorial: Review tasks on NPV, DPP, IRR, MIRR using Microsoft Excel

Mini-Case study

Chapter 9 (TxBk 1)

p.293-295 (#4,6,7,8,9,13,15,16,17,19,

20)

p.297

7

Making capital investment decision:

Project Cash Flows ;Incremental Cash Flows; Opportunity Cost; Sunk cost

Lab/Tutorial: Determining relevant cash flows from the project and thinking

questions

Chapter 10,p.298-301 (TxBk 1)

p.326 (1,3,6); p.327 (1)

8 Midterm Exam

9

Risk and Return I :

Average Returns; Expected returns and variance both in the investment

projects and investment portfolio context

Lab/Tutorial: Review tasks on HPR, average returns, ER, variance

Chapter 12,p.366-377;

386-389 Chapter 13 (TxBk 1)

p.396 (#1-3);398 (#15,16)

using Microsoft Excel p.432 (#1,3,4,6,7)

10

Risk and Return II:

Efficient Diversification, Systematic and Unsystematic Risk; CAPM Lab/Tutorial: Review tasks on CAPM, construction of SML

Chapter 13,

(TxBk 1)

p.430 (#13.1-13.4)

p.433 (#9,14,15,16)

11

The Cost of Capital:

Basic considerations in managing capital; Cost of Equity, Debt; Preferred Stock; WACC

Lab/Tutorial: Simulating WACC calculation using Excel spreadsheet.

Review problems on the Cost of Equity, Debt, Preferred Stock and WACC. Quiz II

Chapter 14,

p.437- 453 (TxBk 1)

p.463 (#1,2,6) p.465 (#1,5,7,9,10,11,17)

12

Sources of finance (Long-term and intermediate forms of financing):

Introduction to internal and external sources of financing; Types of the bonds

and theirluation; Fisher Effect, Equity Securities and their valuation

Lab/Tutorial: Determining the value of bonds, stocks, real interest rates. Pricing a bonds and valuation of stocks using Microsoft Excel

Chapter 7 (TxBk 1) Chapter 8,p.231- 245

(TxBk 1)

p.225-229(#1-6,9,10,16)

p.255-256 (#1,5,9,10)

13

Short-term Finance and Planning:

Operating Cycle; Net working capital; The essentials of Cash Budget; Short-term borrowing

Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems

Chapter 18 (TxBk 1)

p.605-609 (#1,2,3,4 etc.)

14

Financial Statements Analysis I:

Evaluation of financial performance; Vertical analysis; Horizontal analysis; Common-size statements

Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems. Preparing

common-size statement using Microsoft Excel

Chapter 3,p.46- 53(TxBk 1)

p.80(#1,5)

p.82(#13)

15

Financial Statements Analysis II:

Ratio Analysis; DuPont Identity

Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems.

Mini case study

Chapter3,p.54-76(TxBk 1)

p.80 (#1,2); p.81-83 (#1-

9,10,12,23,17)

p.85-86

Final Exam

Recommended or required readings

Required readings: Textbook #1:“Fundamentals of Corporate Finance“ 9th Edition by S. Ross,

R.Westerfield , B.Jordan; Publisher: Mc Graw Hill India; 9th edition ( 2012);

Textbook #2:“Essential of Investments” 9th Edition by Zvi Bodie, Alex Kane, Alan

J.Marcus (selected chapters); Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education (2012)

Additional information will be distributed electronically

Optional readings:

• “Fundamentals of Financial Management” 13th

edition, James C. Van Horne,John M. Wachowicz

Planned learning

activities and

teaching methods

Lectures, exercise, class discussions, case study discussions, group

presentations, passing quizzes and exams

Language

of

instruction

English

Work placement(s) –

Investment and Financing

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total

Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class

14

3

42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 15 15

Individual or Group Work 14 4 56

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation and

presentation)

1

20

20

Homework 12 2 22

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 20 20

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 180

Total Workload/30(h) 6

ECTS Credit of the Course 6

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title SYSTEMS MODELLING AND SIMULATION

Course unit code COMP 3101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd

year

Semester when the

course unit is delivered

5th

Semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

7

Name of lecturer Yusifov Salahaddin

Class information Location: Room: 5,12 Time: Monday, Thursday

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment Learning outcomes of the course unit

Course Description

This course is designed as introductory course in modelling and simulation of systems, which helps students to recognize opportunities, formulate appropriate models, obtain data

and implement the results. Simulation is the process of designing a model of a system and

conducting experiments to understand the behavior of the system and/or evaluate various

strategies for the operation of the system. Modeling and Simulation has become an important tool in all phases of the acquisition process and can be used within most systems

life cycle processes, including requirements analysis, architectural design, design and

development, test and verification and operations and maintenance.

Learning Outcomes of the Course: After completing the course, students should be able to :

• Demonstrate competence in analyzing different systems mathematically and graphically.

• Demonstrate competence on building different mathematical models of system.

• Apply the principles of statistical modeling for regression modeling time series forecasting models.

• Apply simple time series forecasting models and assess the forecasting

performance of those models.

• Be able to build mathematical models for system optimization.

• Identify different situations in which Monte-Carlo simulation would be

appropriate to use.

• Construct a simple spreadsheet-based Monte Carlo Simulation model.

• Be able to describe the process for modeling queues and three major components

of queuing models

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

Microsoft Excel

Recommended or

required reading

The Textbook: 1. Quantitative Business Modeling:

Publisher: South-Western College; First edition 2001,

Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters. Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.

2. System modeling and Simulation- V. P. Singh, New age international limited

(2009). 3. Decision modeling with Microsoft Excel- Jeffrey H. Moore and Larry R.

Weatherford, 6th

Edition (2001), Prentice Hall.

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and

presentation sessions, discussion sessions, Software commands for Excel

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1 THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM

Definition of system, Entities of system

Lab. Entering the total score Formula into a spreadsheet on MC Excel.

[2] Ch. 0

p.2- 3

2

STATIC AND DYNAMIC SYSTEMS

Entities, attributes and actions. Systems and their components

[2] Ch. 0

p.3- 5

INTRODUCTION TO MODELING

The main steps of model building. Different types of models. Physical, mathematical and computers

Lab. Investigation of Demand-Supply relation on the MC Excel

[1] Ch. 1 p.7- 17

3 A STATIC MARKETING MODEL

A static mathematic model. Demand supply and relation between them.

Graphical representation of market model.

[2] Ch. 1 p.12- 16

THE ART OF MODELING SYSTEMS

Influence diagram. A hierarchical flowchart drawing beginning with a performance measure and using arrows to clarify the relationship

Lab. Statistical Data processing. Mean value. Deviation on MC Excel.

[3] Ch. 1

p.3- 10

4

INTRODUCTION TO MANAGERIAL MODELING

Managerial approach to decision-making judgement. The modeling process. The

role of modeling in the systems. Types of models. Physical, Analog and Symbolic

models.

[3] Ch. 2

p.10- 20

DATA COLLECTION IN MODELING SYSTEMS

Data collection. Summarizing data. Discrete statistics. Statistical display.

Lab. Calculating and analyzing of the linear regression model parameters by using

MC Excel.

[1] Ch. 2

p.38- 46

5

SPREADSHEET MODELING SYSTEMS

Introduction to black box. Representation of Simon Pie model. Influence

diagram pictures in connections.

[3] Ch. 2

p.28- 30

SIMON PIE PRICE MODEL

Black box view of Simon Pie model. Influence diagram of Pie model.

Model construction.

Lab. Investigation Simon’s Pie model using MC Excel.

[3] Ch. 2

p.30- 37

6 REGRESSION MODELING

Statistical modeling. Independent and dependent variables. Descriptive and

prescriptive models.

[1] Ch. 3

p. 97- 100

LINEAR REGRESSION MODEL

Scatter plot of given data. Least squares regression model. Calculating the regression model parameters

Lab. Defining Max Revenue Profit by using MC Excel on base given data.

[1] Ch. 3

p. 100- 109

7 THE MULTIPLE REGRESSION MODEL [1] Ch. 3

p. 112- 115

Mathematical representation. The error in multiple regression modeling

FORECASTING MODELS

Time series analysis. Components of a time series. Moving averages model.

Lab. Investigation forecast problem under different averaging number (m) by

MC Excel

[1] Ch. 3

p. 123- 125

8 FORECASTING MODELS

New demand forecast and previous forecast. Relationship between them. Interpretation of the smoothing constant.

Lab. Investigation Forecast problem under different smoothing constant (α) by

MC Excel

[1] Ch. 3

p. 125- 130

Midterm

9 OPTIMIZATION MODELING OF SYSTEMS

Optimization modeling. Influence diagram and mathematical model for Statron’s

production planning problem.

[1] Ch. 4 p. 148- 156

THE GENERAL LP MODEL

Mathematical terms and presentation of LP model advantages. Assumpitions and solution model.

Lab. Graphical solution LP problem by MC Excel. Building feasible solution space for function’s line.

[1] Ch. 4

p. 161- 164

10 APPLIED LP MODELS FORMULATING

Allocation limited resources problem. Product model formulating.

[3] Ch. 3 p. 72- 84

SOLVING LP MODEL BY THE GRAPHICAL MOTHOD

Graphing the feasible area by graphing each linear constraint. Identify an optimal

solution by the using of Iso profit.

Lab. Solving Transportation Problem

[1] Ch. 4

p. 165- 175

11

TRANSPORTATION MODELING

Formulating the main feature of problem. Graphical presentation of T- problem.

Constraints an objective function. Mathematical formulation of model.

[3] Ch. 5

p. 218- 224

INTEGER OPTIMIZATION MODELING [3] Ch. 5

Integer LP models. Types of integer optimization modeling. Graphical

interpretation of integer models

Lab. Sensitivity Analysis with Excel

p. 286- 290

12 ASSIGNMENT PROBLEM MODELING

Application of binary variables. Formulating objective function and

constraints formulating. Graphical presentation of initial data.

[3] Ch. 5 p. 224- 229

QUEUING SYSTEM MODELING

Queuing Process Modeling. Measures performance for queuing systems. Model formulation. Analysis of the model.

Lab. Solving linear programming models with Excel

[1] Ch. 6

p. 279- 284

13 THE QUEUING SITUATION MODELING

The characteristics of waiting line situations. The structure of a queuing

system. The main components of a queuing system

[1] Ch. 6

p. 284- 294

ANALYSIS OF THE BASIC QUEUING SYSTEMS

Poisson-Exponential model characteristics arrival rate. Service time. Lab.

Calculating the frequency distribution of arrivals with Excel

[1] Ch. 6

p. 295- 298

14 SIMULATION

Introduction. General Overview of Simulation. Types of Simulation. Monte

Carlo Simulation.

[1] Ch. 7 p. 317- 319

GENERAL METHOD APPLIES TO CONTINUOUS IN SIMULATION

The Monte Carlo Methodology. The Tourest Information Center. Random

Numbers and Random Variables. Generating Random Variables.

Lab. Random number generation from a uniform Distribution using Excel

[1] Ch. 7

p. 327- 332

15 TIME INDEPENDENT DISCRETE SIMULATION

The Main steps of Time Independent Simulation. Marvin’s Service Station.

Solution by Simulation. Flow Diagram for Inventory Example

[1] Ch. 7

p. 332- 338

TIME DEPENDENT SIMULATION

Influence Diagram for Tourest Information Center. Simulation Analysis with

[1] Ch. 7

p. 339- 342

Discrete Distribution. Detailed Modeling Example

Lab. Simulation of Tourist Information center on MC Excel.

FINAL EXAM

Systems Modeling and Simulation

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour) Total

Workload(hour)

Course duration in class 14 4 56

Labs and Tutorials 14 1 14

Assignment 4 4 16

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 15 15

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 20 20

Final Exam 1 3 3

Individual or group work 14 6 84

Total Workload 210

Total Workload/30(hour) 210/30

ECTS Credit of the Course 7

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title MACHINE ELEMENTS IIB

Course unit code TECH 2106/IIB

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd year

Semester when the course unit is delivered

5th semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

3

Name of lecturers Rauf Malikov

Class information

Location: Room 1513

Time: Thursday 09.30- 10.05

Office hours: upon appointment

Contact: [email protected]

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course description: This course aims to equip the students with the fundamentals of

these design activities and give them necessary skills to prepare complete, concise,

and accurate calculation steps for machine elements. This part of the course covers

analyses and design of design of reduction gears and variable-speed drives; study, analysis and design of machine parts such as shafts, clutches, couplings and bearings.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

TECH 2106/IIA

Recommended optional

programme components

Recommended or required

reading

Required Text:

1. Dobrovolsky V.A. Machine elements

2. Bhandari V.B, “Design of Machine Elements”,Second Edition, Tat

a McGraw-Hill Book Co, 2007. Additional materials for class discussions and lectures related to the theme will be

distributed in class

Language of instruction English

Work placement(s) NA

Course contents:

1 Main types of reduction gears and variable-speed drives. Comparative estimation of reduction gears. Comparative estimation of variable-speed drives.

Chapter XXI

2 Design of reduction gears and variable-speed drives. Chapter XXI

3 Planetary reduction gears. Wave-Type toothed reduction gears. Reduction gears

motors.

Chapter XXI

4 Friction variable-speed drives. V-belt variable-speed drives. Chain variable-

speed drives.

Chapter XXI

5 Calculation of reduction gears. Calculation of variable-speed drives. Chapter XXI

6 Types and main characteristics of the parts. Elements for supporting revolving

parts. Connection of shafts and axis with hubs. Connection of shafts and axis.

Chapter XXII

7 Shafts. Design of shafts. Materials for shafts. Design of shaft-hub joints. Chapter XXIII

8 Midterm exam

9

Calculation of shafts. Kinds of failure in shafts and axis. Criteria of

calculations. Lab.work: Strength calculation of the shaft.

Chapter XXIII

10 Calculations for stiffness and oscillations. Lab.work: Calculation of joints by

engagement

Chapter XXIII

11 Couplings and clutches. Classification of couplings. Chapter XXIV

12 Sliding- contact bearings. Friction in bearing. Design of bearings and materials.

Calculation of radial bearings and thrust bearings.

Chapter XXV

13 Rolling-contact bearings. Calculation. Chapter XXVI

14 Selection of antifriction bearings. Selection of statically loaded

bearings.Selecting the bearings for service life.

Chapter XXVI

15 Design of bearing units. Chapter XXVI

FINAL EXAM

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5

Individual or Group Work 14 2 28

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation)

1 3 3

Homework 3 2 6

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 98

Total Workload/30(h) 3.2

ECTS Credit of the Course 3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title METROLOGY LABORATORY

Course unit code TECH 3103

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd

year

Semester when the course unit is delivered

5thSemester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

2

Name of lecturers Rauf A.Mayilov

Class information Location: Room: 1642

Time: Tuesday, Wednesday

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit Course Description

This course will acquaint you with the main principles of Electrical

Technology and Electronics systems. The purposes of this course are to

learn the basic techniques of electrical measurements, to practice essential

laboratory notebook and report preparation skills, and to reinforce the

concepts and circuit analysis techniques. There will be a little problem

solving, but the emphasis will be on the concepts

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

After completing the course, students should be able to :

• To carry out measurements of electric and non-electric

dimensions

• To grasp measuring mistake and to evaluate

• To select measuring draughts and measuring means for the energy

• technology and automatic control engineering and to carry out

measurements

• Electric-energetic nets, arrangements and processes

measuring-technically supervise

• Draughts and areas of application electric measuring

Technology Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional programme components

Recommended or

required reading

The Textbook:

1. Introductory Circuit Analysis. Robert L. Boylestad, Pearson; Eleventh

edition 2007

2. Introductory Electrical Engineering Laboratory - Robert C. Maher and

Duane T. Hickenbottom.

Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters.

Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and laboratory practices, discussion sessions, Software

commands for Excel

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1 INTRODUCTION. VOLTAGE AND CURRENT

Introduction to metrology laboratory. A basic understanding of the

fundamental concepts of current and voltage.

[1] Ch.2

p.33- 59

2

BASIC LAB EQUIPMENT AND MEASUREMENTS

Basic measurement instruments include millimeters, AC signal generators, and DC

power supplies. (Labor didactic, measurement technique equipment)

[2] Lab #1

p. 1-1

3 OHM’S LAW, POWER, AND ENERGY

Ohm’s law and how to apply it to a variety of situations. Differences between power and energy levels.

[1] Ch.4 p. 101- 120

4

SIMPLE CIRCUIT MEASUREMENTS AND OHM’S LAW

Simple electrical circuits, resistors and voltage sources. Basic relationships of

electrical engineering, V=IR (Ohm's Law). Measurements of voltage, current and

resistance. Standard methods for presenting experimental measurements in both

tabular and graphical form. (Labor didactic, measurement technique equipment)

[2] Lab #2 p. 2-1

5

SERIES- PARALLEL CIRCUITS

Unique characteristics of series-parallel configurations and how to solve for the

voltage, current, or power to any individual element or combination of elements.

[1] Ch. 7

p. 243- 273

6 RESISTORS: SIMPLIFICATION OF SERIES AND

PARALLEL NETWORKS

Useful methods for simplifying electrical circuits and networks. Investigations of series and parallel combinations of resistors are used to show voltage and

current relationships. The concept of an equivalent circuit. (Labor didactic,

measurement technique equipment)

[2] Lab #5

p. 5-1

7 MAGNETIC CIRCUITS

Similarities between the analysis of magnetic circuits and electric circuits.

Develop a clear understanding of the important parameters of a magnetic circuit

and how to find each quantity for a variety of magnetic circuit configurations.

[1] Ch. 12 p.513- 531

8 MIDTERM

9 OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS

The use of operational amplifiers as circuit building blocks. Basic properties of op amps are observed using simple resistive networks. A few of the practical

limitations of op amp integrated circuits. (Labor didactic, measurement technique

equipment)

[2] Lab #8

p.8-1

10 NETWORK THEOREMS

Theorem and its unique ability to separate the impact of each source on the quantity of interest. Thévenin’s theorem to reduce any two-terminal, series-parallel network

with any number of sources to a single voltage source and series resistor.Norton’s

theorem and how it can be used to reduce any two-terminal, seriesparallel network

with any number of sources to a single current source and a parallel resistor.

[1] Ch. 9

p. 345- 382

11

THEVENIN AND NORTON EQUIVALENT CIRCUITS

Simplify the analysis of a complicated circuit with an equivalent Norton or Thevenin circuit. This approach also is used to divide a circuit into linear and nonlinear parts.

The linear part can be simplified to a single voltage/current source and an equivalent

resistance. (Labor didactic, measurement technique equipment)

[2] Lab #10

p.10-2

12 POWER

Differences between average, apparent, and reactive power and calculation each for any combination of resistive and reactive elements. Energy dissipated by a load is

the area under the power curve for the period of time of interest.

[1] Ch. 19 p. 835- 861

13 POWER RELATIONSHIPS IN SIMPLE CIRCUITS

Relationships between the power supplied by sources in a circuit and the power

delivered to other circuit elements. Concept of maximum power transfer and

other power calculations in simple resistive circuits.(Labordidactic, measurementtechniqueequipment)

[2] Lab #12 p. 12-1

14 INDUCTORS

Basic construction of an inductor, the factors that affect the strength of the

magnetic field established by the element, and how to read the nameplate data.

Impact of combining inductors in series or parallel.

[1] Ch. 11

p. 461- 499

15 RL AND RC CIRCUITS

Basic RL and RC circuits. The output of any R, L, and C circuit can be

analyzed to determine both the steady-state (forced) output and the transient

(natural) response for any given input. Analysis and construction of simple

RL and RC circuits. (Labor didactic, measurement technique equipment)

[2] Lab #13

p.13-1

FINAL EXAM

Metrology Laboratory

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total

Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 3 3

Individual or Group Work 3 1 3

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 1 2 2

Homework 2 1 2

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 4 4

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 61

Total Workload/30(h) 2

ECTS Credit of the Course 2

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title JOINING AND FORMING

Course unit code TECH-3104

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd year

Semester when the course

unit is delivered

6th Semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

3

Name of lecturers Sayami Huseynov

Class information

Location: Room: Time: Tuesday

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Course Description: This course aims to provide students theoretical background and understanding of the

depth of the field of manufacturing methods and strong interrelationships between

manufacturing methods, product design and material properties. The course will introduce traditional manufacturing processes as metal forming, machining and

joining. It will also discuss fundamentals of materials, engineering materials,

mechanical testing of engineering materials, and physical properties of materials.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

After completing the course, students should be able to:

• Understand the role of joining and forming processes and remember other

courses.

• Perform force and power calculations for manufacturing processes.

• Select a suitable process (or sequence of processes) for the manufacture of a

given component.

• Understand in depth the sheet – metal processes and their formation

mechanism.

• Understand the cutting parameters and working condition during cutting.

• Choose the proper process for different joining cases.

• Suggest changes in component design for the improvement of

manufacturability.

• Understand the role of computers and special software within a production.

• Design the production of a mechanical component or a specific product using

the manufacturing processes of bulk deformation, sheet-metal forming,

material removal and Joining.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

Recommended or required

reading

The Textbook: J T. Black, Ronald A. Kohser, Materials and Processes in

Manufacturing. Publisher: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.;

Tenth edition, 2007

Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters. Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

The material is mostly presented by lectures although demonstration of some joining

and forming methods. Student evaluation is based on assignments or mini projects, tests and final exam. A description is given at the beginning of the course in order for

the students to get enough information on the making breakdown, assignment

instructions.

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1 FUNDAMENTALS OF METAL FORMING

Forming Processes: Independent Variables; Dependent Variables; Friction and Lubrication under Metalworking Conditions; Temperature Concerns.

Chapter 15

(Textbook)

2

MACHINING

Energy and Power in Machining; Orthogonal Machining; Mechanics of Machining.

Chapter 20

(Textbook)

3 BULK FORMING PROCESSES

Bulk Deformation Processes; Rolling; Forging; Extrusion; Wire, Rod, and Tube Drawing; Cold Forming, Cold Forging, and Impact Extrusion; Piercing.

Chapter 16

(Textbook)

4

SHEET-FORMING PROCESSES

Shearing Operations; Bending; Drawing and Stretching Processes; Alternative Methods of Producing Sheet-Type Products; Pipe Welding.

Chapter 17

(Textbook)

5

CUTTING TOOLS FOR MACHINING

Cutting-Tool Materials; Tool Coating Processes; Tool Failure and Tool Life; Flank Wear; Cutting Fluids.

Chapter 21

(Textbook)

6 TURNING AND BORING PROCESSES

Fundamentals of Turning, Boring, and Facing Turning; Lathe Design and Terminology; Cutting Tools for Lathes.

Chapter 22

(Textbook)

7 MILLING

Fundamentals of Milling Processes; Milling Tools and Cutters; Machines for Milling.

Chapter 24

(Textbook)

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 ABRASIVE MACHINING PROCESSES

Abrasives; Grinding Wheel Structure and Grade; Grinding Wheel Identification;

Grinding Machines; Honing; Superfinishing; Free Abrasives.

Chapter 28

(Textbook)

10 THREAD AND GEAR MANUFACTURING

Thread Making; Internal Thread Cutting–Tapping; Thread Milling; Thread

Grinding; Thread Rolling; Gear Making; Gear Types; Gear Manufacturing;

Machining of Gears; Gear Finishing; Gear Inspection.

Chapter 29

(Textbook)

11

FUNDAMENTALS OF JOINING

Introduction to Consolidation Processes; Classification of Welding and Thermal

Cutting Processes; Types of Fusion Welds and Types of Joints; Heat Effects; Weldability or Joinability.

Chapter 30 (Textbook)

12 ADHESIVE BONDING, MECHANICAL FASTENING, AND JOINING OF

NONMETALS

Adhesive Bonding; Mechanical Fastening; Joining of Plastics; Joining of Ceramics

and Glass; Joining of Composites.

Chapter 34

(Textbook)

13 RESISTANCE AND SOLID-STATE WELDING PROCESSES

Theory of Resistance Welding; Resistance Welding; Advantages and Limitations

of Resistance Welding; Solid-State Welding Processes.

Chapter 32

(Textbook)

14 GAS FLAME AND ARC PROCESSES

Oxyfuel-Gas Welding; Oxygen Torch Cutting; Flame Straightening; Arc Welding;

Consumable-Electrode Arc Welding; Nonconsumable-Electrode Arc Welding;

Welding Equipment; Arc Cutting; Metallurgical and Heat Effects in Thermal Cutting.

Chapter 31

(Textbook)

15 SURFACE ENGINEERING

Mechanical Cleaning and Finishing, Blast Cleaning; Chemical Cleaning; Coatings; Vaporized Metal Coatings; Clad Materials; Textured Surfaces; Coil-Coated; Edge

Finishing and Burrs; Surface Integrity.

Chapter 35

(Textbook)

FINAL EXAM

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 8 8

Individual or Group Work 5 3 15

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation)

1 5 5

Homework 3 2 6

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 10 10

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 91

Total Workload/30(h) 3

ECTS Credit of the Course 3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title PRODUCTION

Course unit code MGS 3101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd year

Semester when the

course unit is delivered

6th semester

Number of ECTS credits allocated

6

Name of lecturer Rauf Mayilov

Class information Location: Room: 1,5

Time: Thursday, Friday Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description

It is intended through this course unit as an introduction to the field of production management. The field of production and dynamic and includes

many of the cases/functions that are responsible for planning and

coordinating the use of the organization’s resources to convert inputs into

outputs in production organizations This course provides review of the concepts of production management as they

apply both to manufacturing and to service industries. The operations function

is a primary business function which has a major effect on production, productivity and quality.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

• Bases of the production theory: Analysis of the input output

respect of productive systems;

• Identify the nature and scope of production, marketing management,

and how production relates with other units of the organization.

• Understanding the importance of the operations function relative to the goals of a business organization.

• Discuss productivity, competitiveness and strategy and their vital

importance to business organizations.

• Identify the importance of effective decision making for production managers

• The importance of design of production systems and quantifying reliability.

• Explain the concepts of product planning and process design for

both

• manufacturing and service industries

• Implement the steps in the production planning process and make a plan that works

• Distinguish the importance of quality concept and the

Philosophies of Total Quality Management (TQM).

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

Microsoft Excel

Recommended or

required reading

The Textbooks

1. Production / Operations Management ,William J. Stevenson, 11th

Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2014.

2. Kotler, Phillip, Marketing Management: The Millennium Edition (10th

ed.), Prentice-Hall, Inc.2000

Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters. Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered

in printed forms.

Planned learning

activities and teaching

methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback

and presentation sessions, discussion sessions, Software commands for

Excel

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1 INTRODUCTION.

The Field of Production Management;; Designing and operating Production

Systems; Manufacturing operations versus services operations

Chapter 1

(Textbook )

2

PRODUCTICTY, COMPETATIVNESS AND STRATEGY

Factors that affect productivity. Strategies, tactics, time based strategies

Operations strategies in manufacturing and in services;

LAB: Defining production management and describe its role in both

manufacturing and service production. Instructions-Software commands for

Excel

Chapter 2

(Textbook)

3 QUALITY MANAGEMENT.

Dimensions of quality, determinants of quality. Modern quality

management, total quality management .

Lab. Explain Modern quality management methods and Total Quality

Management , the forecasting process, qualitative approaches using

Microsoft Excel.

Chapter 3

(Textbook)

4

RELIABILITY

Quantifying reliability, reliability of products and services. improving

reliability, availability

Chapter 4

(Textbook)

5

PROCESS SELECTION AND CAPACITY PLANNING

Types of processing. Match the process and product. Impotence of capacity

decisions , determinants of effective capacity

Lab. Determining the concepts of process selection and effective capacity

planning for manufacturing and service industries using Microsoft Excel

Chapter 5

(Textbook)

6 FACILITIES LAYOUTS

Basic layouts types, designing product layout line, designing process layouts,

minimizing transportation costs or distances

Lab. Describing the methodology to develop a process product layout line and

designing process layouts for product and service manufacturing using Microsoft

Excel

Chapter 6

(Textbook)

7 DESIGN OF WORK SYSTEMS

Operation strategy, job design, specialization, work measurement and work

sampling

Chapter 7

(Textbook)

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 LOCATION PLANNING

The need and nature of location decision. Factors that affect location ,

evaluating location alternatives. The transportation model.

Chapter 8

(Textbook)

10 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Inspection, statistical process control, control charts, process capability,

capability analyses and operation strategy

Chapter 9

(Textbook)

11

FORECASTING

Steps in forecasting process, approaches of forecasting process, associative

forecasting techniques. Accuracy and control of forecasting.

Chapter 10 (Textbook)

12 INVENTORY MANAGEMENT

The nature and impotence of inventory management, independent versus

dependent demand; requirements for effective inventory management, economic

order quantity models.

Lab. Requirements for effective inventory management; Discussing the importance of inventory to operations managers, characterizing independent

and dependent demand.

Chapter11

(Textbook)

13 AGGREGATIVE PLANNING

The purpose and scope of aggregative planning, techniques for

aggregative planning ,disaggregating of aggregative planning

Chapter 12

(Textbook)

14 MATERIAL REQUIREMENT PLANNING

Material requirement planning inputs processing and outputs. Capacity

requirements planning. Benefits and requirement of planning.

Determining the concepts of material requirement planning inputs processing

and outputs. Selection effective capacity requirements planning for

manufacturing and service industries using Microsoft Excel

Chapter 13 (Textbook)

15 SCEDULING

Scheduling manufacturing operations, scheduling in low-volume

systems, scheduling service operations.

Chapter 15 (Textbook

FINAL EXAM

Production

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total

Workload(hour)

Course duration in class 14 4 56

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 13 13

Individual or Group Work 14 5 70

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation) 1 10 10

Homework 3 3 9

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 18 18

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 181

Total Workload/30(h) 6

ECTS Credit of the Course 6

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title EQUIPMENT LABORATORY

Course unit code TECH 3105

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit

is delivered

6th semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

2

Name of lecturer Telman Askeraliyev

Class information Location: Room: 5

Time: Monday

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Course Description

The course provides the students with practical knowledge concerning various testing

methods used in the industry for defining basic material characteristics. It also gives a deep insight into such aspects of engineering as structural optimization using CAD

software systems and the application of PLC (Programmable Logic Controllers) for

process design purposes.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

After the completion of the course the students will be able to perform basic tests for

defining material properties. Safety procedures are the inextricable part of all parts of

the course and it is greatly emphasized throughout the laboratory sessions. Students will also learn the basic of PLC programming methods and will realize them during the

course using real equipment.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-requisites

None

Recommended

optional program

components

Microsoft Excel

Course contents

Unit

Topic

Content

Reference to textbook and

chapter(s)

1

Introduction to Laboratory Equipment– 1

Basic laboratory equipment, beakers, Graduated

cylinder, Erlenmeyer flask, reagent bottles, pipette,

pump

Ch.4 [1]

Lab: Creating Multiple graphs for laboratory reports

https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=

MHNpG dNnc

2

Introduction to Laboratory Equipment – 2

Digital balance, goggles, apron, hot plate

Lab: Creating Multiple graphs for laboratory reports

Case study:

Team Work: Company analysis

Ch.4 [1]

https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=

a2VHpCZrTQs

3

Laboratory Safety – 1

Risk assessment, control measures, Laboratory hygiene

Lab: Measurements for Manufacturing processes

Discussion: Case study: Careers in Industrial Engineering field

Team Work: Company analysis

Ch.7, [1] ,

www.yout.com/wat ch?v=qGJYb9FYlz

w

4

Laboratory Safety – 2

Hazard signs in the laboratory (general hazards,

open flame, clothing protection safety, eye safety)

Lab: Stress-strain relationship using Excel

spreadsheet

Team Work: Review of existing companies from Ergonomic point of view

Ch.7, [1]

https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=

5ZG-3THmF3Q

5

Structural Optimization in

the Design Process – 1

Drawing in Autocad, Exercise 1

Lab: Exercise in Excel. Creating Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. Stress-strain relationship in Advanced

level

Team Work:

http://www.mycads

ite.com/tutorials/le vel_1/introduction-

to-AutoCAD-

basics-1- 1.htm#relative

https://www.youtu

be.com/watch?v=

pNIvZyd5djQ

6

Structural Optimization in the Design Process – 2

Drawing in Autocad, Exercise 2 Lab:

Management of test data Team Work:

http://www.mycads

ite.com/tutorials/le vel_1/introduction-

to-AutoCAD-

basics-1- 1.htm#relative

https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=y

bdUV0L1Hlo&list=

PL-

98VUSD_3rQ8bxl

K_WmIZ6tnfQqBK

9Kk&index=12

7

Structural Optimization in the Design Process – 3

Drawing in AutoCAD, Exercise 3 http://www.mycads ite.com/tutorials/le

vel_1/introduction-

to-AutoCAD-

basics-1- 1.htm#relative

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9

Programmable Logic Controller – 1

Definition of PLC, operating principles, programming languages in PLC, LD, FBD, SFC

Ch.1 [3]

10

Programmable Logic Controller – 2

Input, output, features Case

study: Cookie factory

Labs - 1: Programming the timer work principles using Zelio soft 2

Ch.4[3]

https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=

ozmt1jHM1lc

11

Programmable Logic Controller – 3

Procedures for starting a program, toolbar, simulation, ladder diagram, logic functions

Lab.: Programming the power supply to the device using Zelio soft 2

Ch.5 [3]

https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=

5N6vNlFEFBw

12

Material Characteristics. Optical Microscopy - 1

Minerals and propagation of light, Petrographic microscope, light, electromagnetic spectrum,

double refraction

Lab.: Managing test results in Microsoft Excel;

Ch.3, [2],

https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=

pNIvZyd5djQ

13

Material Characteristics. Optical Microscopy - 2

Polarizing light microscopy and key components, work principles, index of

refraction, relief, features

Team Work: Discussion of the issues related to the final part of the project

Lab.: material test data analysis in Microsoft Excel;

Ch.3, [2],

https://www.youtu

be.com/watch?v=

HdKKqg7VVi0

14

Metal Characterization - 1

Hardness, mechanical test, NDT, indenter,

Brinel hardness test and testing procedures,

Lab: Tensile test measurements

Ch.8, [2]

https://www.ncsu.e du/labwrite/res/gt/

gt-cul-home.html

15 Metal Characterization - Ch.8, [2]

2 Rockwell indentation hardness test and testing

procedures

Team Work: presenting the project s

Lab: Graphing tensile stress data in Microsoft Excel

https://www.youtu be.com/watch?v=

XpH2oYgSAUo

FINAL EXAM

Recommended or

required readings

1. Laboratory Safety Manual, Environmental Health and Safety Department

University of Washington

2. Experimental techniques in materials and mechanics, C.

Suryanarayana,CRC Press 3. Programmable Logic Controllers Fourth Edition W. Bolton,

Planned learning activities and

teaching methods

Lectures, class discussions, case studies, assignments, labs and exams

Language of instruction

English

Work placement –

Equipment Laboratory

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Labs and Tutorials 2 1 2

Assignment

Project/Presentation/Report

E-learning activities

Quizzes

Midterm Examination 1 2 2

Final Examination 1 3 3

Individual or group work 6 3 18

Total Workload 67

Total Workload/30(h) 2,2

ECTS Credit of the Course

2

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title ECONOMICS I: MICROECONOMICS

Course unit code ECON 3101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit Fist cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd

year

Semester when the course unit is delivered

6th

Semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated 6

Name of lecturer

Nasrin Babanli

Class information

Location:

Time: Tuesday, Thursday

Office hours: upon appointment

Contact: [email protected]

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Course Description

This course provides review of the concepts and a solid grounding in microeconomics. The class gives an overview of “thinking like an economist” and as

such provides a strong foundation in economic thought and not only microeconomics

as a sub-field. Distinguished perspectives from mainstream economics are also

introduced throughout the course in order to give the student an insightful perspective to understand and critique contemporary debates over economic policy

and to provide an understanding of these differing views of societal economic

organization and the welfare and political philosophy perspectives of these differing views.

One of the main objectives of the course is to provide a thorough introduction to

economic theory. Starting from the basic ideas of tradeoffs, opportunity cost, and the

benefits of trade, consumer behavior we will study how the market forces of supply

and demand cause prices to be what they currently are. We will see the sense in which market economies are efficient, and the way governments can make our economy less

or more efficient. We will investigate the supply curve to see how firms choose their

production levels to maximize profits, culminating in the model of perfect competition. The course will also discuss types of imperfect competition such as monopoly and

oligopoly.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

After completing Microeconomics, students should be able to :

• Think intuitively about economic problems.

• Identify how individual economic agents make rational choices given the

scarcity of resources and will know how to optimize the use of resources at hand.

• Understand some simplistic economic models related to production, trade, and circular flow of resources.

• Analyze and apply the mechanics of demand and supply for households, firms and the market.

• Apply the concept of marginal analysis In order to make optimal choices

and identify whether the choices are “efficient” or “equitable”.

• Apply the concept of elasticity as a measure of responsiveness to

different variables.

• Identify the characteristic differences between various market structures

such as perfectly competitive markets, non-competitive markets and

imperfectly competitive markets and understand the differences among

them.

• Understand how the demand and supply technique works for the

resource markets.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites ECON 1101

Recommended optional

programme components Microsoft Excel

Recommended or required reading

Required:

Core textbook: Mankiw, N. G., (2012), “Principles of Microeconomics”, 6th

edition, South-Western CENGAGE Learning

Additional reading: Colander, C. D., (2013), “Microeconomics”, 9th

edition, McGraw-Hill/Irwin

Planned learning activities and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and presentation sessions, discussion sessions, Software commands for Excel

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1

TEN PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS

How people make decisions; How People Interact; How economy works as a

whole

Chapter 1

(Textbook)

2

THINKING LIKE AN ECONOMIST

The economist as scientist; The economist as policy adviser; Why

economists disagree

Chapter 2 (Textbook)

3

INTERDEPENDENCE AND THE GAINS FROM TRADE

A parable for the modern economy; Comparative advantage: the driving force of specialization; Applications of comparative advantage

THE MARKET FORCES OF SUPPLY AND DEMAND

Markets and competition; Demand; Supply; Supply and demand together; How

prices allocate resources

Chapter 3 (Textbook)

Chapter 4

(Textbook)

4

ELASTICITY AND ITS ALLOCATION

The elasticity of Demand; The elasticity of Supply; Three applications of

supply, demand and elasticity

Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning

Chapter 5

(Textbook)

5

SUPPLY, DEMAND AND GOVERNMENT POLICY

Control on Prices

Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning

CONSUMERS, PRODUCERS AND THE EFFICIENCY OF MARKETS

Consumer surplus; Producer Surplus; Market Efficiency; Market Efficiency and

Market Failure

Quiz

Chapter 6

(Textbook)

Chapter 7

(Textbook)

6 APPLICATION: THE COSTS OF TAXATION Chapter 8

(Textbook)

The deadweight loss of taxation; The determinants of the deadweight loss;

Deadweight loss and tax revenue as taxes vary

Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning

Group Presentations

APPLICATION: INTERNATIONAL TRADE

The determinants of trade; The winners and losers from trade; The

arguments for restricting trade

Group Presentations

Chapter 9

(Textbook)

7 MIDTERM EXAM

8

EXTERNALITIES

Externalities and Market Inefficiency; Public policies toward externalities;

Private solutions to externalities

PUBLIC GOODS AND COMMON RESOURCES

The different kinds of goods; Public goods; Common resources; The

importance of property rights

Chapter 10 (Textbook)

Chapter 11 (Textbook)

9

THE DESIGN OF THE TAX SYSTEM

Taxes and efficiency; Taxes and Equity; The tradeoff between equity and

efficiency

Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning

THE COSTS OF PRODUCTION

What are Costs?; Production and costs; The various measures of cost; Costs

in the short run and in the long run

Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning

Chapter 12 (Textbook)

Chapter 13

(Textbook)

10

FIRMS IN COMPETITIVE MARKETS

What is Competitive Market?; Profit Maximization and the Competitive

Firm’s Supply Curve; The supply curve in a competitive market

Chapter 14 (Textbook)

MONOPOLY

Why monopolies arise?; How monopolies make production and pricing

decisions; The welfare cost of monopolies; Price discrimination; Public policy

toward monopolies; The prevalence of monopolies

Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning

Chapter 15 (Textbook)

11

MONOPOLISTIC COMPETITION

Between Monopoly and perfect competition; Competition with differentiated

products; Advertising

Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning

Chapter 16

(Textbook)

12

OLIGOPOLY

Markets with only a few sellers; The economics of cooperation; Public

policy toward oligopolies

Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning

THE MARKETS FOR THE FACTORS OF PRODUCTION

The demand for labor; The supply of labor; Equilibrium in labor market; The

other factors of production; Land and Capital

Chapter 17 (Textbook)

Chapter 18

(Textbook)

13

EARNINGS AND DISCRIMINATION

Some determinants of equilibrium wages; The economics of discrimination Quiz

Chapter 19

(Textbook)

14

INCOME INEQUALITY AND POVERTY

The measurement of inequality; The political philosophy of redistributing

income; Policies to reduce poverty

Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning

THE THEORY OF CONSUMER CHOICE

The budget constraint: What the consumer can afford; Preferences: What the

consumer wants; Optimization: What the consumer chooses; Three applications

Chapter 20

(Textbook)

Chapter 21

(Textbook)

Group Presentations

15

FRONTIERS OF MICROECONOMICS

Asymmetric Information; Political Economy; Behavioral Economics

Problem Solving (in Excel Spreadsheet) & Critical Reasoning Group

Presentations

Chapter 22 (Textbook)

FINAL EXAM

Microeconomics

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration (hour) Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Assignment/Case studies 10 1 10

Project/Presentation/Report 1 10 10

Quizzes 2 2 4

Preparation for the

Midterm Examination 1 10 10

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Preparation for the Final

Examination 1 17 17

Final Exam 1 3 3

Individual or group work 14 6 84

Total Workload 182

Total Workload/30(h) 6

ECTS Credit of the Course 6

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title MARKETING

Course unit code MK 3101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd

year

Semester/trimester when the course unit

is delivered

6th

semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

6

Name of lecturer Nigar Kerimli

Class information Time: Friday, 14.05-15.40

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes

of the course unit

On successful completion of this course, all students will develop knowledge, understanding and skill in:

• Essentials of marketing, Evolution of marketing, Modern Marketing

Concept versus Societal Marketing Concept, Dynamic marketing

environment, Segmentation, targeting and positioning, Marketing

information systems, Buying behavior in consumer and business markets, Basic concepts of marketing, Process of developing marketing program,

• Understanding the environment that marketers should operate in,

• Developing appropriate target market strategies,

• Using information systems in decision making and conducting marketing

research,

• Influencing buyers’ buying process Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and

co-requisites

None

Recommended

optional programme

components

Course contents Unit

Topic

Content

Textbook(s)

and chapter(s)

1

Introduction

a) What is Marketing?

b) Understand the Marketplace

and Customer Needs

c) Designing a Customer-Driven Marketing Strategy

1, Ch. 1,2

2

Marketing: Creating and

Capturing Customer Value

a) Building Customer

Relationships

b) Capturing Value from Customers

1, Ch. 3

c) The Changing Marketing

Lanscape

Class discussions

3

Analyzing the Marketing Environment

a) The Company’s Microenvironment

b) The Company’s Macroenvironment

c) The Demographic Marketing

Environment

d) The Economic Environment

a) Responding to the Marketing

Environment

1, Ch. 3-6

4

Managing Marketing Information to Gain

Customer Insights)

a) Market research, the need and the formsInformation systems increase the usefulness of data

b) Growing role of technology in

marketing research

c) Conducting a market

research project

d) Gathering and using information about competitors

1, Ch. 7

5

Consumer Markets and

Consumer Buyer Behavior

Quiz 1 (Units: 1,2,3,4,)

a) Model of Consumer Behavior

b) Characteristics Affecting

Consumer Behavior

c) Types of Buying Decision

Behavior

d) The Buyer Decision Process

e) The Buyer Decision Process

for New Products

Class discussions

1, Ch. 8

6

Business Market and Business Buyer

Behavior

a) Business Markets

b) Business Buyer Behavior

c) The Business Buying Process

d) E-Procurement: Buying on

the Internet

e) Institutional and Government

Markets

1, Chapter

15

7 Customer Driven Marketing Strategy:

Creating Value for

Target Customers

a) Customer-Driven Marketing

Strategy

b) Market Segmentation

c) Market Targeting

d) Differentiation and Positioning

1 Chapter 14

8 Marketing and Social

responsibility Quiz 2 (Units: 6,7)

Essay presentations 1, Chapters

20

9 Midterm examination

10

Market Segmentation and target markets

a) Segmenting Consumer

Markets

b) Segmenting Business Markets

c) Segmenting International Markets

1, Chapters 19

11

Marketing role in new marketing development and product decisions Quiz 3 (Units;

6,7,8,9,10)

Service Marketing

1, Chapter 9

12

Retailing and wholesaling

Marketing distribution and

channels

Class discussions

1, Chapter

13

13

Integrated Marketing Communications

a) Contemporary IMC Approach

b) Reasons for the Growing importance of IMC

c) IMC and Branding

1, Ch. 18

14 Personal Selling and sales management

Quiz 4 (Units;

11,12,13)

Pricing Strategy And

Determination

Essay Presentations

1, Ch.16

15 E-marketing E-marketing Strategies

Class discussions

1, Ch. 17

Final examination

Recommended or

required readings

Required readings:

1. Kotler, P,. and Armstrong, G., Principles of Marketing 15 Edition,

Pearson Education Limited, 2014

2. Kotler, P,. and Armstrong, G., Principles of Marketing 14 Edition, Pearson Education Limited, 2012

Optional readings:

2nd

Edition Marketing Best practices by K.Douglas Hoffman, Michael R.Czinkota

Planned learning

activities and

teaching methods

Classroom lectures and examples, Power point presentations, Assignments and

quizzes

Language of

instruction

English

Work placement(s) –

Marketing

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total

Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3

42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 10 10

Individual or Group Work 15 5 75

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 1 15

15

Homework 3 3 9

Quiz 4 2 8

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 16 16

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 180

Total Workload/30(h) 6

ECTS Credit of the Course 6

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title COST ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS

Course unit code ACCT 4101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 4th year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit

is delivered

7th

Semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

4

Name of lecturer Nigar Kerimli

Class information Time: Friday, 14.05-15.40

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes

of the course unit

On successful completion of this course, all students will have developed

knowledge and understanding of:

➢ The costs

➢ Different costing systems

➢ Relationship of cost accounting with financial and managerial accounting

➢ Use of accounting data for managerial decision making

On successful completion of this course, all students will have developed their

skills in:

➢ Understanding the elements of costs within the production environment

➢ Measuring and reporting financial and non-financial information relating

to the cost of acquiring or utilizing resources in an organization

➢ Classifying different costs as variable or fixed costs; product or period

costs; direct or indirect costs; and direct material, direct labor or factory

overhead costs

➢ Using such costing systems as job costing system, process costing system

and activity-based costing system to measure unit cost of different

products produced

On successful completion of this course, all students will have developed their

appreciation of and respect for values and attitudes regarding the issues of:

➢ Importance of different cost concepts

Application of different costing systems.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co- None

Requisites

Recommended

optional programme

components

Course contents

Uni t Topic

Content

Reference

to textbook

and

chapter(s)

1

Introduction to

Management

Accounting:

a) The users of accounting information.

b) Differences among cost accounting,

managerial accounting, and financial

accounting

c) The decision-making process

d) Functions of management accounting

1, Ch. 1

2

An Introduction to

Cost Terms and

Concepts:

a) Cost objects

b) Elements of product cost

c) Direct and indirect costs

d) Cost behavior

e) Product and period costs

f) Relevant and irrelevant costs

g) Avoidable and unavoidable

h) Sunk costs

i) Opportunity costs

j) Practice exercise:PE 20- 10A, PE 20-10B

1, Ch. 2

3

Cost Assignment:

a) Flow of costs in job costing system

b) Assignment of direct and indirect costs

c) Plantwide overhead rates

d) Departmental overhead rates

e) The two-stage cost allocation process

f) An illustration of the two- stage process for

a traditional costing system

g) Budgeted overhead rates

h) Applications of variations in normal

costing

i) Practice exercise: PE 17-3A, PE 17-3B

1, Ch. 3

4

Cost-Volume-Profit

(CVP) Analysis:

a) Uses of CVP analysis

b) Applying CVP analysis for a single

product

c) Constructing break-even, contribution, and

profit- volume graphs

d) Applying CVP analysis in a multi-product

setting

e) Using CVP analysis for profit and

production planning

f) Understanding operating leverage

Practice exercise:PE 19- 10A, PE 19-10B

1, Ch. 8

5

Activity-Based Costing

(ABC):

a) The emergence of ABC systems

b) Volume-based and non- volume based cost

drivers

c) A comparison of traditional and ABC

systems

d) Explaining why traditional costing systems

can provide misleading information for

decision making

e) Designing ABC systems

f) Activity hierarchies

g) ABC cost management applications

Practice exercise:PE 26-9A, PE 19-9B

1, Ch. 11

6

Cost Allocation: Theory

a) Pervasiveness of Cost Allocation

b) Reasons to Allocate Costs

c) Factor Price Understates Total Cost

2, Ch. 7

7

Cost Allocation:

Practice

a) Death Spiral

b) Direct Allocation Method

c) Step-Down Allocation Method d) Joint Costs

Practice exercise:PE26-2A, PE 26-2B

2, Ch. 8

8 Midterm examination

9

Absorption Cost

Systems

a) Job Order Costing

b) Overhead Rates

c) Over/Underabsorbed Overhead

d) Flexible Budgets to estimate

Overhead

e) Expected vs Normal Volume

Practice exercise:PE 20 -6A, PE 20-6B

2, Ch. 9

10

Criticism of Absorption

Cost Systems

a) Incentive to Overproduce

b) Variable/Direct Costing

c) Problems with Variable Costing d) Inaccurate Product Costs

e) Analyzing Activity-Based Costing

2, Ch.

10,11

11

Standard Costs: Direct

Labor and Materials

a) Reasons for Standard Costing

b) Setting and Revising Standards c) Target Costing

d) Direct Labor and Materials Variances

e) Risk Reduction and Standard Costs

Practice exercise:PE 26- 17A, PE 26-7B

2, Ch. 12

12

Overhead and

Marketing Variances

a) Budgeted, Standard and Actual Volume

b) Overhead Rate

c) Graphical Analysis

d) Price and Quantity Variances

e) Mix and Sales Variances

f) Practice exercise:PE 24- 3A, PE 24-3B

2, Ch. 13

13

Management

Accounting in a

Changing Environment

a) Business Strategy

b) Productivity

c) Total Quality Management (TQM)

d) Just-in-Time Production (JIT)

2, Ch. 14

Final Examination

Recommended or

required readings

Required readings:

1. Colin DRURY, Management & Cost Accounting, 9th

Edition. CENGAGE

Learning, 2015.

2. Jerold L. Zimmerman: “Accounting for Decision Making and Control”,

McGraw Hill Education, 8th

Edition, 2013 Optional readings:

3. Colin Drury: “Management & Cost Accounting”, 8th

Edition, Thomson

pub., Value Media Edition 2012

4. Financial and Managerial Accounting Using Excel for Success

By James Reeve, Carl S. Warren, Jonathan Duchac

Planned learning

activities and

teaching methods

Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams

Language of

instruction

English

Work placement(s) –

Cost Accounting Systems

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Course duration in class 14 3

42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 8 8

Individual or Group Work 14 3 42

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 1 8

8

Homework 3 3 9

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 10 10

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 124

Total Workload/30(h) 4.1

ECTS Credit of the Course 4

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title INTERNATIONAL PRODUCTION AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

Course unit code MGS4101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 4th year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit is

delivered

7th Semester

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3

Name of lecturer Ilham Rustamov

Class information Location room 2

Time Monday 15.55-17.30 Friday 12.00 Office hours upon appointment

Contact: [email protected]

Learning outcomes of

the course unit

Students will obtain in this course the knowledge in the field of international

production and investment management, especially in the context of international

relation. The filed relates with the continuously deepening globalization of the

international financial markets. The globalization contributes to offer new investment opportunities but also new risks for the investors.

Course Objective:

1.To introduce students to production process concepts and ideas.

2.To promote critical thinking in areas of investment management and policy. 3.To

understand the role of government in international production 4.To evaluate impact of policies on economy.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to: 1.Analyze investment process . 2.Describe causes and results of international Business Cycles.

3.Understand how the internationalization of economy has changed the outcom 4.Ability of international investment decisions at the international

capital markets

5.Ability to apply international portfolio theory and risk management in

international investment decisions

6.Knowledge of fund raising options in the international capital

markets

7.Knowledge of impact of the international monetary institutions on the

international capital flows

8.Understandhowexternaldevelopmentscanaffectdomesticeconomy.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co- requisites

None

Recommended optional programme

components

-

Course contents

Unit Topic Content Reference

totextbooka

ndchapters

1 Introductiontopr oduction -What is production

-concept of production, Transformation process

- Inputs andoutputs

1, Ch. 1

2 Historical evolutionofprodu ctionandoperatio nsmanagement

-The traditional view of manufacturing

management

- Adam Smith implementation, F.W. Taylor implementation -Objectives of production management

- Job shop production, batch production, mass production,

continuous production

1, Ch. 2 6, Ch. 2, pg.23

3 Productionmana gement -Schematic production system

-production system characteristics

-Classification of Production System

-controlling behavior models

-Aspectsofcustomerservice

1, Ch. 3 6, Ch. 2, pg.23

4 Supply chainmanageme

ntscm- logistics

- Importance SCM

- Phase of Supply chain management, Supply Chain Risk Analyses

Supply Chain mapoftheworld, Elements

processsupplychainmanagment

1, Ch. 5 6,Ch. 11, pg.316

5 Managing global operations -Managing global operations

-scope of production and operations

management -Product design, Process design

Exercises 1.Shown Excel opportunity for financial

functions

1, Ch. 3 6, Ch. 2, pg.23

6 Costandbenefita

nalysesofproduc tion

Investment Cost Maintenance

Cost Source of investment

ADSCR

Exercises 2. Defined Annual Debt Service Capacity

Ratio with Excel

Execsises3. Defined Optimal number production

using excel program

2, Ch. 5

7 Decision making strategy for

investment project

In base of NPV, EBIT and

IRR

Net Present Value

Earning before interest taxes Internal

rate ofreturn

Execsises4. How find NPV for using Excel Functions

Execsises5. Shown relation with NPV and price of

production. (excel)

2, Ch. 5

8 Presentatoin Every student must

topresentanybusinessproject.

9 MIDTERM EXAM

10 Global marketing -Global outsourcing

-Reasons for outsourcing

-labor costs

2, Ch. 8

11 Riskanalysis. Capital assetpricingmod el (capm)

- Risk and uncertainty

- Risk aversion Exescise6.Opportunityof

yahoo.finance.com/

Exescise7.how find “Beta“ coefficient for

international firms(yahoo.finance.com)

3, Ch. 13

12 Riskpremimum,

Markowithzeffici ent

international investments

Stock investments and stock markets: international stock markets, Execsises8.

ApplySensetiveanalysesforbusinessproject( excel)

3, Ch. 10

2, Ch. 8

13 Global outsourcing Outsourcungadvantagies 2, Ch. 8

14 International investments: Types of investments, Credit

management The decision to grant credit

risks on international stock markets Exescise9. Excel-

affect of“Betta“ to „Cost equity“

4, Ch. 29

15 Some alternative Investment

rules

Managerial perspectives Internal rate of return Profitability index

4, Ch. 6

FINAL EXAM

Recommended or required reading

Textbook and Readings

- Hill, Charles W., 2009. International

Business: Competing in the Global

-Essentials of Investments, by Bodie, Kane

and Marcus, 9th Edition (ISBN 978- 0-07-

803469-5);

-Eugene F. Brigham, Louis C. Gapenski,

Michael C. Ehrhardt: “Corporate Financial

Management”

-Stephen A.Ross, Randolph W Westerfield,

Corporate finance 6th edition

Planned learning activities and teaching methods

Lectures, class discussions, reading material

from textbook, assignments, quizzes, exams.

Language of instruction

English

Work placement(s) -

International Production and Investment Management

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Labs and Tutorials

Assignment 1 1 1 Project/Presentation/Report

E-learning activities

Quizzes 1 1 1 Midterm Examination 1 2 2 Final Examination 1 3 3 Individual or group work 14 4 46 Total Workload 95 Total Workload/30(h) 3.1 ECTS Credit of the Course

3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title EXTERNAL ACCOUNTING

Course unit code ACCT 4102

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 4th year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit

is delivered

7th

semester

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4

Name of lecturer Kerimli Nigar

Class information Time: Thursday, 14.05-15.40 Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the course unit

This course is structured to allow students to think critically about external accounting. It

focuses on past controversies and present resolutions. External accounting, as a function

of outside parties, relies on accurate reporting and understanding of quantitative models.

Upon completion, students will:

• Understand and remember key financial accounting foundation

concepts, terms, and relationships

• Know how to use the course content to research, analyze, and communicate solutions to business problems

• Be able to critically relate these topics to current events and their individual

experiences

• Understand the personal, professional, global, legal, social, and ethical implications of accounting

• Care about the accounting profession and understand the importance of

significant learning

• Know how to continue learning about accounting using the tools and techniques

acquired

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and

co-requisites

None

Recommended optional programme

components

Course contents Unit

Topic

Content

Reference to textbook

and

chapter(s)

1

Accounting in a broader

consistency

a) The conceptual frameworks

of accounting

b) The Statement of

Principles c) Accounting concepts 5,Practice Exercise: PE 1-

2A, PE 1-2B

1, Ch. 1

2

Accounting basics

a) Financial Statements and

Accounting Transactions

b) Accounting for Cash

Transactions

c) Making Adjusting Entries

for Otherwise Unrecorded items

5,Practice Exercise: PE 1-

3A, PE 1-3B

2, Ch. 2

3

Running bookkeeping with simple accounts

a) Understand Double-Entry

Bookkeeping

b) Chart of Accounts 5,Practice Exercise: PE 2-2A,

PE 2-2B

1, Ch. 3

4

Accruals and their

purpose

a) Revenue recognition

principle and matching principle

b) Difference between the

cash basis and the

accrual basis of

accounting c) Adjusting entries

d) Adjusted Trial balance

5,Practice Exercise: PE 3-

2A, PE2-2B

1, Ch. 4

5

Valuation problems in

connection with

accounting

a) Valuation Models

b) The Discounted Cash Flow Model

c) Accrual Accounting Models PE 1-7B

1, Ch. 5

6

Accounting in limited

liability companies

a) Liabilities Under LLP

b) Characteristics of a limited liability partnership

c) LLP v/s Corporation 5,Practice Exercise: PE

11-10A, PE -10B

3, Ch. 2

7

Shareholders’ equity in

different company forms a) The Nature of

Shareholders’ Equity

b) The Corporate Organization

4, Ch. 17

c) Fundamental Share

Rights d) The Concept of Par Value

e) Accounting for the

Issuance of Shares

f) Characteristics of

Retained Earnings

g) Stock dividends and splits 5,Practice Exercise: EX 1- 14,

EX 1-15

8

The annual report and its contents

a) Certification of the annual

report b) Auditor’s report

1, Ch. 8, 9

9 Midterm examination

10

Financial analysis and

cash flow analysis and

their conditions

a) Documents used in

financial analysis

b) Performing analyses with

financial ratios

5,Practice Exercise: PE 15-3A, PE

15- 3B

1, Ch. 10

11

Financing questions (banks,

ALMI, Nutek, SIC, Industry

Fond, benefits)

Financing questions (banks, ALMI, Nutek, SIC, Industry Fond, benefits)

1, Ch. 13

12

Insurance questions Company and responsibility insurances

1, Ch. 24

13

Basic concern accounting a) Going concern

Assumption b) Accounting Entity concept

c) Time period (Periodicity)

1, Ch. 25

14

Accounting for

Investments

a) The Equity Method of

Accounting for

Investments

b) Equity shares of companies

and methods of accounting

for investment

c) Equity method of

accoutning. What is it and

what are the criteria?

d) Prepare simple equity

method journal entries as

applied to an investor.

4, Ch. 1

How is financial reporting for the equity method

applied?

e) Cost and amortization expense

of the equity method.

Revenues and relationship with investor cost and

investee book value.

5,Practice Exercise: PE 13-

8A, PE 13- 8B

15

Consolidation of Financial Information

a) Why do businesses combine?

What methods are available?

b) Identify situations that will

benefit or need financial

information consolidation.

c) Types of business combinations

d) Aquisition method: what are

the valuation principles?

4, Ch. 2

Final exam

Recommended or

required readings

Required readings:

1. Advanced Accounting, 11/e , Joe B. Hoyle, University of Richmond

2. Fundamental Accounting Principles, 10th Canadian Edition,

Kermit D. Larson/Tilly Jensen/ Ray F. Carroll

3. Modern Advanced Accounting, 10/e E. John Larsen, University of

Southern California

4. Advanced Accounting, Hoyle, Schaefer, & Doupnik, 10e, Irwin McGraw Hill Publishing Company. ISBN: 0078136628 /

9780078136627

5. Financial and Managerial Accounting Using Excel for Success By

James Reeve, Carl S. Warren, Jonathan Duchac

Planned learning activities and

teaching methods

Lectures, class discussions, task solutions, assignments, quizzes and exams

Language of

instruction

English

Work placement(s) –

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total

Workload(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Project work 1 20 20

Assignment 2 2 4

Preparation for Final Exam 1 13 13

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 10 10

Quizzes 3 2 6

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Final Exam 1 3 3

Self Study 10 2 20

Total Workload 120

Total Workload/30(h) 4

ECTS Credit of the Course 4

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

course unit title

ECONOMICS II: MACROECONOMICS

course unit code

ECON 4101

type of course unit

Compulsory

level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

year of study

4th year

semester/trimester when the course

unit is delivered

7th semester

number of ECTS credits allocated

6

name of lecturer

Samira Mammadova

class information

Location: Room:

Time: Monday, Friday

Office hours: upon appointment. Contact: [email protected]

learning outcomes of the course unit

Course Description

To further extend the study of macroeconomic theory at the

intermediate level by analysing business-cycle fluctuations in closed

and open economies. To extend the study of macroeconomic theory to the intermediate level. To analyse the classical and Keynesian

macroeconomic models, and their policy implications, in order to

provide a context for subsequent developments in modern macroeconomics associated with monetarism, new classical and new

Keynesian economics.

Course Objective: 1.To introduce students to intermediate macroeconomic concepts

and ideas.

2.To promote critical thinking in areas of macroeconomic theory and

policy. 3.To understand macroeconomic variables and interpret them.

4.To understand the role of government in economy.

5.To evaluate impact of policies on economy.

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to understand how employment, output,

interest rate and the price level are determined in the classical model

Students will be able to understand the origin of economic growth in

the short run and in the long run Students will be able to understand the effects of fiscal and monetary

policies

Students will be able to understand the effects of fiscal and monetary policies under different exchange-rate regimes

mode of delivery Face-to-face

prerequisites and co-requisites ECON 3101

recommended optional programme

components

Microsoft Excel

recommended or required reading 1. The Textbook: Economics (BUSINESS REVIEW BOOKS)

Third Edition, Walter J. Wessels 2. The Textbook: Economics: Principles, Problems & Policies

(McGraw-Hill Series in Economics) XXI Edition,

McConnell, Brue and Flynn 3. IB Skills and Practice / Economics (Oxford University

press), Constantine Ziogas

Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.

planned learning activities and

teaching methods

Lectures, case study discussions and brainstorming, reading material

from e-book, quizzes, presentations, exams.

language of instruction

English

course contents:

1 The level of macroeconomic activity

• Explain, using a diagram, the circular flow of income between households and

firms in a closed economy with no government.

• Identify the four factors of production and their respective payments (rent,

wages, interest and profit) and explain that these constitute the income flow in the model.

• Outline that the income flow is numerically equivalent to the expenditure flow

and the value of output flow.

• Explain how the size of the circular flow will change depending on the relative

size of injections and leakages.

• Lab. Explain, using a diagram, the circular flow of income in an open economy with government and financial markets, referring to leakages/ withdrawals

(savings, taxes and import expenditure) and injections (investment, government

expenditure and export revenue).

Chapter 13

(Textbook)

2 National Income, its Production, Distribution and Allocation.

Distinguish between GDP and GNP/GNI as measures of economic activity. Distinguish between the nominal value of GDP and GNP/GNI and the real value of

GDP and GNP/GNI.

Distinguish between total GDP and GNP/GNI and per capita GDP and GNP/GNI. Examine the output approach, the income approach and the expenditure approach

when measuring national income.

Evaluate the use of national income statistics, including their use for making

comparisons over time, their use for making comparisons between countries and their use for making conclusions about standards of living.

Explain the meaning and significance of “green GDP”, a measure of GDP that

accounts for environmental destruction. Lab. Calculate nominal GDP from sets of national income data, using the

expenditure approach. Calculate GNP/GNI from data . Calculate real GDP,

using a price deflator.

Chapter 13

pp.101[3]

3

Inflation, its causes and effects.

Discuss the possible consequences of a high inflation rate, including greater

uncertainty, redistributive effects, less saving, and the damage to export competitiveness.

Chapter 6 [1]

(Textbook)

Discuss the possible consequences of deflation, including high levels of cyclical

unemployment and bankruptcies.

Explain, using a diagram, that demand-pull inflation is caused by changes in the determinants of AD, resulting in an increase in AD.

Explain, using a diagram, that cost-push inflation is caused by an increase in the

costs of factors of production, resulting in a decrease in SRAS. Lab. Discuss, using a short-run Phillips curve diagram, the view that there is a

possible trade-off between the unemployment rate and the inflation rate in the

short run.

pp.119[3]

4

Unemployment: natural rate of unemployment its causes and characteristics.

Discuss possible economic consequences of unemployment, including a loss of

GDP, loss of tax revenue, increased cost of unemployment benefits, loss of income for individuals, and greater disparities in the distribution of income.

Discuss possible personal and social consequences of unemployment, including

increased crime rates, increased stress levels, increased indebtedness, homelessness and family breakdown

Lab. Describe, using examples, the meaning of frictional, structural, seasonal and

cyclical unemployment.

Chapter 13

(Textbook)

pp. 116[3]

5

Economic growth

The meaning of Growth. Human capital. Physical capital.

Research and Development. The Rule of Law.

How Economic Policy Affects Growth. The Downsides to Economic Growth. Lab. Explain the long-term growth trend in the business cycle diagram as the

potential output of the economy.

Chapter 19[1]

(Textbook)

pp. 104[3]

6 Introduction to Economic Fluctuations: Aggregate Demand and Supply in the

short and long run.

The meaning of aggregate demand. The AD curve. Explain why the AD curve

has a negative slope. The components of AD. The components of AD.

The meaning of aggregate supply. Alternative views of aggregate supply. Shifting the aggregate supply curve over the long term. Short-run

equilibrium.

Chapter 14

(Textbook)

pp. 114[3]

7 MIDTERM EXAM

8 Aggregate Supply and the Short-Run Trade-off Between Inflation and Unemployment.

Equilibrium in the monetarist/new classical model. Equilibrium in the Keynesian model.

The Inflation-Unemployment Trade-Off.

Lab. Use the multiplier to calculate the effect on GDP of a change in an injection in investment, government spending or exports.

Chapter 16

(Textbook)

pp. 114[3]

9 Consumption, Saving, and Investment.

Consumption Function. Investment Function. Shifts in Investment.

Determinants of Consumption.

Determinants of Investment.

Chapter 9[1]

(Textbook)

Factors Shifting the Total Spending Curve.

The Keynesian Model.

Lab. Determining the change in Real GDP by autonomous increase of spending

pp.154[1]

10 Equity in the distribution of income.

The meaning of equity in the distribution of income. Indicators of income equality/inequality.

Poverty. The role of taxation in promoting equity.

Other measures to promote equity. The relationship between equity and efficiency. Lab. Calculate the marginal rate of tax and the average rate of tax from a set of data.

Chapter 20

(Textbook)

11

The Effect of Spending and Taxation Types of Fiscal Policy.

The Effect of Spending.

The Effect of Taxation Fiscal policy and short-term demand management.

Limits of an Active Fiscal Policy.

Lab. Explain the mechanism through which contractionary fiscal policy can help

an economy close an inflationary gap.

Chapter 11[1] (Textbook)

pp. 129[3]

12 The supply of money

Interest rate determination and the role of a central bank. Measuring Money. Balance sheets and Banks.

Money Creation. Taylor’s Rule.

Lab. Explain that central banks are usually made responsible for interest rates and exchange rates in order to achieve macroeconomic objectives.

Chapter 12[1]

(Textbook)

pp.131[3]

13 Money and Aggregate Demand The Quantity Theory of Money.

The Long-run Neutrality of Money.

The Short-run Effects of Money: The Monetarist Model

Keynesian Model of the Short-run effects of Money. Lab. Construct a diagram to show the potential effects of tight (contractionary)

monetary policy, outlining the importance of the shape of the aggregate supply

curve.

Chapter 13[1] (Textbook)

pp. 133[3]

14

Development economics

Economic growth and economic development. Common characteristics of economically less developed countries.

Diversity among economically less developed nations.

Measuring development. Domestic factors and economic development. Lab. Compare and contrast the GDP per capita figures and the GNI per capita

figures for economically more developed countries and economically less

developed countries.

Chapter 27

(Textbook)

pp.176[3]

15 International trade and development.

International development goals

Foreign direct investment and economic development. Advantages and disadvantages of FDI for economically less developed countries.

Lab. Explain the reasons why MNCs expand into economically less developed

countries.

Chapter 30

pp.186[3]

FINAL EXAM

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 15 15

Individual or Group Work 14 4 56

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 2 10 20

Preparation for quizes 2 7 14

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 28 28

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 180

Total Workload/30(h) 6

ECTS Credit of the Course 6

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title FINAL EXAMINATION MODULE

Course unit code ACCF 4101

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 4th year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit is delivered

7th semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

1

Name of lecturers

Mirzoyev Yalchin Kerimli Nigar

Class information Time:

Contact: [email protected]

[email protected] Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of

the course unit

Course description:

This module is designed to provide the final examination and combines two

subjects, External Accounting and Cost Accounting Systems. External Accounting provides the link how an accounting may correspond to

information demands from the rest of the world in the best way. Internal

accounting information is to be critically analyzed and basing on this the effective outcome is provided to the external accounting information users, so the

knowledge of accurate reporting standards and quantitative models is too

important here. Cost Accounting Systems provide valuable information for management

planning and control. Organizations rely on accurate cost information to decide

on which products to keep and which products to discontinue, for assessing

productivity improvements and for performance evaluation and control. Tracing various resource costs accurately to products has become increasingly important

as product margins are squeezed. Students are provided with an understanding

and appreciation of the strengths and limitations of an organization’s accounting system, so allowing them to be more intelligent users of these systems. They are

given a framework for thinking about accounting systems and a basis for

analyzing proposed changes to these systems.

Learning Outcomes:

On successful completion of the module, students should be able to:

Develop appropriate financial and non-financial performance measures for

effective planning, evaluation and control of organizations’ business

processes;

Understand key Accounting foundation concepts, approaches, terms, and

relationships;

Have skills to develop the most part of accounting reports responding to the

International Financial Reporting Standards;

Evaluate the appropriateness of alternative costing systems and methods by

considering the unique context of specific product and service organizations;

Structure and model business problems to evaluate alternatives, conduct

sensitivity analysis on assumptions, and analyze outcomes to determine

causes of variances.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites Co-requisites

ACCT 1101, ACCT 2101 ACCT 4101, ACCT 4102

Recommended

optional programme

components

Recommended or

required readings

Readings:

1. Joe B. Hoyle: “Advanced Accounting”, 11th Edition, University of Richmond,

2012.

2. Joe Ben Hoyle, Thomas Schaefer, Timothy Doupnik: “Advanced Accounting”,

10th Edition, McGraw-Hill/Irwin pub., 2010.

3. Connolly C.: “International Financial Accounting and Reporting”, 5th Edition,

2015.

4. Charles T. Horngren, Srikant M. Datar, Madhav V. Rajan: “Cost Accounting: A

Managerial Emphasis”, 14th Edition, Prentice Hall pub., 2011.

5. Jerold L. Zimmerman: “Accounting for Decision Making and Control”, McGraw-

Hill Education, 8th Edition, 2013

6. Colin Drury: “Management & Cost Accounting”, 8th Edition, Cengage India pub.,

2014.

7. Berk, DeMarzo, Harford: “Fundamentals of Corporate Finance”, 2nd Edition,

2012. Its online source:

http://197.14.51.10:81/pmb/GESTION2/FINANCE/fondamental%20of%20corpor

ate%20finance.pdf.

Planned learning

activities and teaching methods

Final exam

Language of

instruction

English

Work placement(s) –

Final Examination Module

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number

Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 1 14

Preparation for Exams 14 1 14

Individual or Group Work 2 1 2

Paper/Project (including preparation and

presentation)

Homework 2 1 2

Total Workload 32

Total Workload/30(h) 1

ECTS Credit of the Course

1

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title QUALITY ENGINEERING

Course unit code MGS 4102

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 4th

year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit

is delivered

8th

semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

6

Name of lecturer Telman Askeraliyev

Class information Location:

Time: Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes

of the course unit

Course Description

The purpose of the course is to make an introduction and lay the foundations of modern methods of statistical quality control and improvements that are used in the

manufacturing and service industries. The course also introduces basics of experimental

design in determining quality products and reliability models. The students will first be

introduced to some of the philosophies of quality control experts and their impact on quality. After a quick review of normal probability distribution, a few graphical

methods used to monitor quality improvement will be given. Control charts for

variables and attributes will be given with examples. Acceptance sampling plans for variables and attributes are to follow. Principles of design of experiments along with

Taguchi method will be presented. Finally reliability of systems like series, parallel,

series - parallel and parallel - series systems and their design will be discussed.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

After completing the course, students should be able:

• To create an improvement strategy for the work organization;

• To obtain an organizational vision, strategic objectives and a long-range plans;

• To recognize opportunities for implementing lean principles;

• Making use of process improvement techniques.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and

co-requisites

None

Recommended

programs

Microsoft Excel

Course contents

Unit

Topic

Content Reference to textbook and chapter(s)

1

Introduction to Quality Engineering– 1

Definition of Quality Engineering, quality in

life, historic perspective, Deming’s 14

Principles

Laboratory work: How to plot graphs.

Quality Control Chart

Ch.2, [1],

http://chemed.chem.purd

ue.edu/genchem/lab/dat areports/excel/plotting.ht

ml

2

Introduction to Quality

Engineering – 2

Taguchi method, Taguchi philosophy, Control chart, Quality management

system

Laboratory work: Quality Control Chart

Team Work: Company analysis

Ch.2, [1],

3

Statistical Quality Control – 1

Quality improvement and statistics,

Statistical process control, Basic

principles, Variability, SPC in TQM

Laboratory work: Gas Quality Control

Team Work: Company analysis

Ch.44, [1] ,

https://www.youtube.com

/watch?v=uGgd3iiQrUI

4

Statistical quality control – 2

Quality measures, SPC in service, Control

charts, Control chart attributes, Process

capability

Laboratory work: Deviation, Mean,

Variance using Excel spreadsheet

Team Work: Review of existing companies from Quality control

perspective

Ch.44, [1]

https://www.youtube.com

/watch?v=efdRmGqCYB k

5

Statistical process control – 1

Definition of SPC, Control chart behavior,

application of control charts, variability

Lab: Creating Excel spreadsheet.

Process Control Chart

Ch.4, [1]

https://www.youtube.com

/watch?v=v2GjYVKS_F8

6

Statistical process control

– 2

Common causes, special causes, assignable causes, frequency distribution

case study (distributions and their types)

Team Work: Review of existing companies from Ergonomic point of view;

Lab: Creating Excel spreadsheet.

Process Control Chart

Ch.4, [1]

https://www.youtube.com /watch?v=ioZGumMpTAc

7 Acceptance Testing-1 Definition of testing, reliability, faults, Ch.19, [1],]

faults and their types

Lab: Creating Excel spreadsheet. Process Control Chart. Advanced

https://www.youtube.com /watch?v=nEE4SvRd76g

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9

Acceptance testing – 2

Faults and errors, fault avoidance techniques, testing concepts, testing

planning

Lab: Creating Excel spreadsheet.

Acceptance testing

Ch.19, [1]

https://www.youtube.com /watch?v=4lAvbp-yVs8

10

Systems Engineering – 1

Definition of systems engineering,

application of SE, basic needs of the

system, system requirement analysis

Lab: Creating Excel spreadsheet.

Creating Normal Curve. Probability

Ch.25, [1]

https://www.youtube.com

/watch?v=hQHiG_cQiUE

11

Systems Engineering – 2

Types of the system, features, technical systems, design margins

Lab.: Energy system engineering

Ch.25, [1]

https://www.youtube.com

/watch?v=nESp1EAeTLY

12

Reliability– 1

Reliability and definition, liability, Basic

definitions of all important terms

concerning reliability study, failure rate

Lab.: Calculating Reliability in Excel

Ch.48, [1],

https://www.youtube.com

/watch?v=fq_LNTPgVF8

13

Reliability – 2

Failure distribution over product life, management of reliability

Team Work: Discussion of the issues related to the final part of the project

Lab.: Quality Management using Excel

Ch.48, [1],

https://www.youtube.com

/watch?v=N2ensNSDpH U

14

Quality Management - 1 8 management principles, quality system, quality assurance

Lab.: Quality management using Excel

Ch.14, [1] https://www.youtube.com /watch?v=i_XZzady-dQ

15

Quality Management - 2

Quality concepts, quality control vs.

quality assurance, objectives

Lab.: Quality management using Excel

Team Work: Discussion of the issues

related to the final part of the project

(safety trainings catered for the chosen field)

Ch.14, [1]

https://www.youtube.com

/watch?v=3VJVM7D_Eg

U

Quality Engineering

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration

(hour)

Total

Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42 Labs and Tutorials

Assignment 4 3 12 Project/Presentation/Report

E-learning activities

Quizzes 2 3 6 Preparation for the Midterm Examination 1 7 7 Midterm Exam 1 2 2 Preparation for the Final Examination 1 10 10 Final Exam 1 3 3 Individual or group work 14 7 98 Total Workload 180 Total Workload/30(h) 6 ECTS Credit of the Course

6

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title MANUFACTURING AND SERVICE SYSTEMS DESIGN PROJECT

Course unit code TECH 4101 Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 4rd year

Semester when the course unit is delivered

8th Semester

Number of ECTS credits allocated

8

Name of lecturers Malikov Rauf

Class information Location: Time: Office hours: upon appointment Contact: [email protected]

Learning outcomes of the

course unit On successful completion of this course, students are expected to develop knowledge

and understanding of:

• Applying fundamental concepts, techniques and methodologies of IE to design a

complex industrial or service system

• The importance of familiarity with recent issues as related to practice of Industrial Engineering

• The relationships between various problems of different fields of IE

• Developing the ability to think critically

• Importance of conducting an independent research and integration of the findings

through a proper project team work by demonstrating involvement in and support

for team activities

• Importance of effective communication with team members, faculty and

professionals in the field

• Simulating and predicting the behavior of system design alternatives under various valid conditions

• The importance of standards in engineering and design

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites requisites

and co- None

Recommended optional programme components

General documentation and presentation packages MSWord, Excel, Power Point and internet browsers (e.g. Internet Explorer, Netscape), etc.

Recommended or required reading

1. Textbook: Niebel’s Methods, Standards, and Work Design (13th ed.). Freivalds, A. and Niebel, B. W. (2014)

2.MAE Design and Manufacturing Laboratory

https://mae.ufl.edu/designlab/motors/EML2322L%20Drive%20Wheel%20Mot or%20Torque%20Calculations.pdf

Planned learning activities and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, project, laboratory works

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1 Introduction to Manufacturing. Manufacturing processes and materials. [1] Chapter 1

Applying fundamental concepts, techniques and methodologies of IE to design a complex industrial or service system

2 Recent issues as related to practice of Industrial Engineering [1] Chapter 1

3 Relationships between various problems of different fields of IE [1] Chapter 2

4 Manufacturing systems Work design, Problem solving tools Operation Analysis

[1] Chapter 4,5

5 Motion study, Job evaluation. [1] Chapter 4,5

6 Time study, Performance rating. Allowances, Standard data [1] Chapter 4,5

7 Pre-determined time systems. Work sampling, Wage Payment. [1] Chapter 4,5

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 Systems productivity. Today’s manufacturing environment [1] Chapter 15

10 Role of Industrial/Management Engineering professionals in manufacturing and service industries

[1] Chapter 17

11 The impact of IE/MANE solutions to industrial systems, in global, environmental and societal context

[1] Chapter 18

12 Laboratory work 1: Drive wheel motor torque calculations [2] Laboratory works notes

13 Laboratory work 2: Decision matrix example [2] Laboratory works notes

14 Laboratory work 3. Mechanical Power Transmission (Hub Design) [2] Laboratory works notes

15 Laboratory work 4: Drilling Speeds and Feeds [2] Laboratory works notes

FINAL EXAM

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration (hour)

Total Workload(hour)

Course duration in class 14 4 56

Lab works 14 1 14

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 14 14

Individual or Group Work 14 6 84

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation) 1 15 15

Homework 9 3 27

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 25 25

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 240

Total Workload/30 (h) 8

ECTS Credit of the Course 8

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title INDUSTRIAL PRACTICE

Course unit code TECH 4102

Type of course unit Compulsory

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 4th

year

Semester/trimester

when the course unit

is delivered

8th

semester

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

7

Name of lecturer Jabiyeva Aynur

Learning outcomes

of the course unit

Within the scope of the company's possibilities, students acquire in-depth overview of

technical, organizational, economic and international aspects in industrial operations. At

the same time they get knowledge on the social side of the work process. Students have

to pass seven weeks of industrial practice and are to be actively involved in the processes within the industry.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and

co-requisites

None

Course contents

Duration in

Content

Grundpraktikum BSc (min. 8 weeks in total)

Week 1 Week 2

Basic manual working with materials.

(e.g., scribing, filing, chiseling, sawing, drilling, grating, sinking, tapping,

straightening, bending, riveting, sharpening, hand forging).

Week 3

Week 4

Working with forming machines.

(cutting, turning, planing, milling, grinding, honing, lapping, spinning, cold

forming and thermoforming, drawing, deep drawing, bending, rolling,

pressing, drop forging).

Week 5 Week 6

Bonding techniques, such as welding and assembly, as well as heat

treatment and surface treatment processes.

(gas welding and hand arc welding, firing and plasma cutting, start-up and

repairing of machines and equipment, installation in single and serial

production of machines, vehicles, apparatus and equipment, riveting and

screwing, hardening and tempering, electroplating).

Week 7 Foundry (metal) or plastic processing, if possible with model on mold

Week 8 making.

(teaching to dry and wet molding processes, core-making in the machine

tool shop, the hand-molding, plastic processing machines).

Week 9

Internship BSc (min. 7 weeks total)

1.Development and construction

(Eg test field, test benches, insight into the activities of the project, research, planning, development and design departments, etc.).

Week 10

2. Quality assurance

(Eg audit and control activities, quality management, audits, certification measures, etc.).

Week 11

3. Production planning and control, production scheduling

(Eg planning and control of material and labor input, examination of the appropriateness of the work process, etc.).

Week 12

4. Factory production planning

(Eg factory planning system, factory layout planning, site selection, use of

simulation technology, planning instruments, modular manufacturing, restructuring, approval management, security technology, etc.).

Week 13

5. Materials, Logistics, Shopping

(Eg Timely procurement of materials and pre, review of quantity and quality, analysis of the procurement market, monitoring of material store, etc.).

Week 14

6. Organisation / DV, Human Resources

(Eg employees in business management and organizational problems, use of

computers for automation, human resources planning, management, job analysis and job evaluation, social services, etc.).

Week 15

7. Accounting, finance

(Eg involvement in ongoing control of the entire finance and accounting

(internal / external), activities relating to the cost types, cost and cost accounting).

Planned learning

activities and

teaching methods

Industrial placement

The guidelines for the implementation of the industrial internship are specified machine technology to the separate internship regulations of the department. About

the recognition of the industry internship and on credits praktikum- sentsprechender

activities acting at the request of / the chairman of prac- tikantenamtes.

Language of

instruction

English

Work placement(s) –

Industrial Practice

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number

Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 13 13

Individual Work 14 5 70

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Practice 5 4 20

Homework 14 3 42

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 18 18

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 210

Total Workload/30(h) 210/30

ECTS Credit of the Course

7

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial

Engineering

Course unit title BACHELOR'S THESIS Course unit code BW 4101 Type of course unit Compulsory Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor Year of study 4th year

Semester/trimester when

the course unit is delivered 8th semester

Number of ECTS credits

allocated 12

Class information Location: Room:

Time:

Office hours: Contact:

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Description:

The aim of the course is to develop the ability to conduct and report scientific

investigations by integrated and advanced independent work. The ability to make

scientific investigations includes the ability to discover possibilities, identify problems, collect relevant information, formulate problems, and solve them with

the aid of scientific methods. To do this, many skills are required, such as

methodological knowledge, the ability to think in terms of models – making

conscious and explicit simplifications – and the ability to recognize and treat problems from different perspectives. The ability to report scientific work means

being able to write lucid and interesting reports, as well as making oral

presentations. Both the work itself and how it is presented should be adapted to the problem and the user.

Learning outcomes: After completion of the course the student should be able to:

• understand different science-theoretical and methodological starting-points

• independently and critically examine different theoretical and empirical

phenomena • discover and handle problems and alternatives considering different perspectives

and methodological frames of reference

• execute, in practice, scientifically based surveys and investigations • present arguments orally and in writing in an objective, interesting, and

convincing manner.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face & independent wotk

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

All compulsory courses of the programme

Permission from Supervisor and Director of BA Programs

Grading system: The grading scale comprises Fail, Pass, Pass with Distinction.

To obtain the Pass grade the student must fulfill all the learning outcomes.

To obtain Pass with Distinction the thesis should also be characterized by

excellent theoretical, methodological and analytical qualities.

Assessment: Students’performance in the course will be evaluated mainly on the basis of

the final thesis, but class participation and thesis defence are also taken into

account. In order to pass the Bachelor‘s Thesis course, students need to

complete all compulsory course elements and to hand in an approved thesis

within the prescribed time limit. Choosing a Topic Students should begin thinking of possible thesis topics, or at least specific

areas of interest, preferably in the sixth semester. Ideally, the topic should be

related to the student’s area of specialization (guided electives in addition to the

core required coursework) and should also fit with the student’s intellectual

interests and career aspirations.

Thesis Supervisor and

Committee

Students should consult with appropriate professor or professors whose

expertise relates most closely to the proposed topic concerning the feasibility of

the topic and the willingness of the professor or professors to direct the thesis.

The Director of BA programs can assist in identifying potential thesis

supervisors.

Thesis Proposal

Students submit a formal thesis proposal no later than the beginning of their

third semester. The proposal should explain the problem/issue to be addressed

in the thesis, identify preliminary research materials, specify the contribution

the thesis is intended to make, and provide a preliminary plan for research,

writing, and other activities.

The committee members should approve the proposal and make suggestions for

further research and writing as well as plans. A copy of the proposal will be

maintained in the student’s file.

Academic Integrity

The University takes cheating and plagiarism seriously, and disciplinary

action will be taken against any student suspected of being involved in any

sort of cheating and/or plagiarism. The disciplinary action takes the form of

warnings or limited suspensions.

Plagiarism is taking someone else’s work and passing it off as your own.

Plagiarism includes taking phrases, sentences, or paragraphs from someone

else’s writing and using them in your own writing without providing true

attribution of their source. Avoiding plagiarism, of course, does not mean

neglecting to conduct solid research. It is appropriate to read what scholars

and experts have written about an issue before you form your own conclusions

about it. However, you must ensure that you understand the literature. At a

minimum, students should rephrase the literature’s content, rather than

quoting it verbatim. This practice also helps to ensure student understanding

of the issue, as you cannot write intelligently unless you know your subject.

Another way to avoid plagiarism is to ensure that you utilize a large number

of sources, so that your knowledge goes beyond that of any particular book or

article. The internet now provides students with the opportunity to purchase

term papers or otherwise copy someone else’s work. Turning in any work that

is not your own is a violation of academic integrity. Language of instruction English

Defense: Mandatory thesis defense will be open to all faculty from all institutions, some

of whom may participate via teleconferencing or other media. Students will

briefly present their work (15 minutes), followed by a question-and-answer

session, during which anyone in attendance may pose questions to the

presenting team. Questions may relate to the thesis or to general knowledge

that should have been obtained in the BA program. With the permission of

the students, videotapes of the defenses will be made, so that those unable to

participate during the session may see the results. All students must be present

throughout the defense.

Plagiarism check All the theses are to be checked through TURMITIN Program

Week 1 (or earlier) Prepare work schedule.

Meet with supervisor and committee.

Begin technical work

Week 2-6 Complete technical work

Iteratively submit sections to supervisor for review

Week 7-10 Prepare thesis draft

Week 11-12 Revise thesis draft

Week 13 Initial defense

Week 14 Final defense

Week 15 Final revision

Week 16 Present thesis into archive

ELECTIVE COURSES

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT

Course unit code MGS 3102

Type of course unit Elective

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3-4 years

Semester when the course

unit is delivered

6-7th semesters

No of ECTS credits

allocated

3

Name of lecturer Mammadli Gulshan

Class information

Location: Room

Time: Wednesday, 14.05-15.40

Friday, 14.05-15.40

Office hours: upon appointment

Contact: [email protected]

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description

Communication Management introduces students to the crucial communication

skills required of today's employees, young entrepreneurs and job hunters.

Achieving success in one's career is often symptomatic of his or her ability to

develop cooperative work relationships, collaborate with and across teams, convey

ideas clearly, concisely and convincingly, and listen skilfully. More than ever

before, the ability to communicate effectively determines an employee's capacity to

thrive in his or her career and to be in demand by employers. Entrepreneurs, alike,

must also communicate well in order to articulate and present their ideas to

customers, suppliers, the government, and other partners in the business

ecosystem.

This course is structured to hone students' business communication skills, especially to prevail in an employment situation and to communicate positive-informative messages at work or in business. Students will be assessed on their ability to devise clear communication strategies, write effectively, prepare and deliver compelling oral presentations, and share and address feedback.

Learning outcomes:

• To gain confidence in public speaking.

• To further develop thinking skills in logically presenting, developing , and

evaluating ideas and opinions

• To improve listening skills to effectively use and evaluate elements of

various kinds of communication.

• To strategize and organize a non sensitive-informative message in a

professional, high quality business document.

• To deliver a professional, high quality presentation

• demonstrate appropriate verbal and nonverbal communication skills,

• develop compelling content, and use technology effectively.

To acquire writing skills in teams

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

NA

Required reading

Students must have the following textbook:

• 1. Business communication for success, Scott Mclean, 2010

• 2. Business communication, building critical skills, 4th Edition, Locker, Kitty O.,

&Kaczmarek, Stephen

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Teaching will be based on active class participation. Students are expected to read

the assigned cases and the material covered in the previous lecture before coming

to class. The lecturer will summarize and explain the main concepts and techniques

used for problem solving. Previously assigned cases will be presented and

discussed by the students in class.

Language of instruction English

Work placement(s) NA

Course contents:

1 Business communication, management and success Ch. 1 (Textbook II)

2 Business writing in action Ch. 9 (Textbook I)

3 Polishing our writing Ch. 14,15,16

(Textbook II)

4 Developing business presentations Ch. 10(Textbook I)

5 Nonverbal delivery Ch. 11 (Textbook I)

6 Rituals in conversation and Interviews Ch. 16.5 (Textbook

I)

7 Conflict in the work environment Ch.16.6 (Textbook I)

8 Delivering a negative news message Ch.17.1 (Textbook I)

9 MIDTERM EXAM

10 Crisis communication plan Ch. 17.3 (Textbook

I)

11 What is a group? Group life cycles and member roles Ch. 19.1 (Textbook

I)

12 Group problem solving Ch. 19.3 (Textbook

I)

13 Teamwork and leadership Ch. 19.5 (Textbook

I)

14 Planning, Conducting, and Recording Meetings Ch. 19 (Textbook II)

15 Listening skills

Ch. 17 (Textbook II)

FINAL EXAM

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Individual or group work 14 2 28

Quizzes 2 2 4

Project/Presentation/Report 2 2 4

E-learning activities

Preparation for the Midterm Examination 1 6 6

Midterm exam 1 2 2

Preparation for the Final Examination 1 6 6

Final exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 95

Total Workload/30(h) 3.1

ECTS Credit of the Course

3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial

Engineering

Course unit title

RISK AND FINANCE

Course unit code

FIN 3101

Type of course unit Elective

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd -4th years

Semester when the

course unit is

delivered

6th -7th semesters

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

3

Name of lecturer

Leyla Hasanova

Class information

Location: Room:238

Time: Wednesday, Thursday

Office hours: upon appointment. Contact: [email protected]

Learning outcomes of

the course unit

Course Description:

This course will provide students with a comprehensive overview of the main types of risk

that have such a substantial impact on international firms and financial institutions. Students will develop basic knowledge and understanding of the role of financial system in the

economy, financial markets, financial Institutions. The course will focus on three key areas

that pervade through all types of risk: risk identification, risk quantification and risk management

Learning outcomes

Students will be able to:

• Understand how risk management contributes to value creation

• Understand how the global market for credit operates

• Explain the causes of the recent global credit crisis

• Forecast the financial risks that financial institutions and corporations could face in

the international market.

• Analyse the effects of interest rate volatility on risk exposure

• Measure the risks that arise from financial markets - such as credit risk, market risk,

liquidity risk etc. using different valuation techniques

• Become familiar with the concept of capital adequacy and also with the Basel

Accords

• Students will be able to examine several aspects of sovereign lending and the

underlying risks

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional programme

components

NA

Course contents

Unit Topic Textbook and chapter

1

2

An overview of financial system:

• The structure and functions of financial markets

• A brief overview of financial instruments: Debt and Equity

securities. Derivatives.

• The nature of financial intermediation

• The financial services industry Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion

of thinking questions.

Chapter 2; p.17

(TxBk 2) Part 3 (TxBk 2)

3

Introduction to Risk Management: Why Manage Risk?

• Understand the meaning of risk

• What Is Financial Risk?

• Risks of financial Intermediation. Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion

of thinking questions.

Chapter 7 (TxBk 1)

4

Measuring risk: Interest rate risk I

• The level and movement of interest rates

• The repricing model

• Rate-sensitive assets

• Rate-sensitive liabilities

• Weaknesses of the Repricing model

Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion of thinking questions.

Chapter 8 (TxBk 1)

5

Measuring risk: Interest rate risk II

• Duration

• A general formula for Duration

• Features of Duration

• The economic meaning of duration

• Duration and Interest rate risk

Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion of thinking questions.

Quiz

Chapter 9 (TxBk 1)

6

Measuring risk: Market risk I

• The basics of market risk

• Risk Metrics approach

• DEAR (Daily earnings at risk)

• Modified Duration

Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion of thinking questions

Chapter 10 (TxBk 1)

7 Midterm Examination

8 9

Measuring risk: Market risk II

• Historic or back simulation

• Foreign Exchange Risk

• Equity Market Risk

• Combined (Portfolio) Risk

Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion

of thinking questions

Chapter 10 (TxBk 1)

10

Measuring risk: Credit risk I

• Individual loan risk

• Types of loans

• Calculating return on loan

• Measurment of credit risk

Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion of thinking questions

Chapter 11 (TxBk 1)

11

Measuring risk: Credit risk II

• Simple models of loan concentration risk

• Loan portfolio Diversification and modern portfolio theory

Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion

of thinking questions

Chapter 12 (TxBk 1)

12

Measuring risk: Liquidity risk

• Causes of Liquidity risk

• Liquidity risk and depository institutions

• Liquidity risk and life insurance companies

• Investment funds

Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion

of thinking questions

Chapter 17 (TxBk 1)

13

Measuring risk: Sovereign risk

• Credit risk VS Sovereign risk

• Country risk evaluation Lab/Tutorial: Review selected end-of-chapter problems and discussion

of thinking questions

Chapter 15 (TxBk 1)

14 15

Capital Adequacy

• Capital and insolvency risk

• Capital adequacy in the commercial banking

• Capital requirements for other FIs

Chapter 20 (TxBk 1)

Final Examination

Recom-mended or

required

readings

Required readings: Textbook #1: “Financial Institutions Management: A

Risk Management Approach“6th Edition by

A.Saunders, M.M. Cornett

Textbook #2: “The Economics of Money, Banking and Financial Markets“ 11th Edition by Frederic S. Mishkin

Additional information will be distributed electronically

Optional readings:

• Hull, John C. (2015), Risk Management and Financial

Institutions (4th edition)

• Christoffersen, P.F. (2003), Elements of Financial Risk

Management, Academic Press, London

Planned

learning

activities and teaching

methods

Lectures, exercises, class discussions, case study discussions,

assignments, passing quizzes and exams

Language of

instruction

English

Work placement(s) –

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5

Individual or Group Work 14 2 28

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation)

Homework 4 1 4

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 92

Total Workload/30(h) 3

ECTS Credit of the Course 3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial

Engineering

Course unit title PRODUCTION FACTORS MANAGEMENT

Course unit code MGS 3103

Type of course unit Elective

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd - 4th years

Semester when the course

unit is delivered

6th -7th semesters

Number of ECTS credits

allocated 3

Name of lecturer Rashad Suleymanli

Class information Location: Room:

Time: - Office hours: upon students’ appointment

Contact: [email protected]

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Course Description

It is intended through this course unit as an introduction to the field of

production management and factors affect production. The field of production and dynamic and includes many of the cases/functions that are responsible

for planning and coordinating the use of the organization’s resources to

convert inputs into outputs in production organizations This course provides review of the concepts of production management as they

apply both to manufacturing and to service industries. The operations

function is a primary business function which has a major effect on production, productivity and quality. .

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

Bases of the production theory: Analysis of the input output respect of productive systems;

Identify the nature and scope of production, its factors, and how production

relates with other units of the organization.

Understanding the importance of the operations function relative to the goals of a business organization.

Discuss productivity, competitiveness and strategy and their vital

importance to business organizations. Identify the importance of effective decision making for production

114

managers

- The importance of design of production systems and

quantifying reliability.

- Explain the concepts of product planning and process design for both

manufacturing and service industries

Implement the steps in the production planning process and make a plan

that works

-Distinguish the importance of quality concept and the Philosophies of Total

Quality Management (TQM).

-Project Management and tools used in operations.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites None

Recommended optional programme components

Microsoft Excel, Primavera P6

Recommended or required reading

The Textbooks

1. Jay Heizer, Barry Render, Chuck Munson, Operations Management: Pearson (12th edition),

2. S. Anil Kumar, N. Suresh, Production and Operations Management:

New age international (2nd edition), 2008.

Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters.

Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming,

feedback and presentation sessions, discussion sessions, Software

commands for Excel and Primavera P6

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1

INTRODUCTION.

The Field of Production Management; Manufacturing & Service Operations;

Operations and Productivity; Factors that affect productivity.

Chapter 1

2

OPERATIONS STRATEGY and KEY SUCCESS FACTORS

Chapter 2

115

Strategies, tactics, time-based competition. Operations strategies in manufacturing

and services. Key success factors and core competencies

LAB: Introduction of Primavera P6 EPPM software system-scheduling of activities

during operations/production management.

3

FACTORS ON EFFECTIVE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

The Importance of Project Management skills in Production; Project Planning and

Scheduling; Project Monitoring and Controlling; Basic Factors on Project

Management.

LAB: Determining WBS and Activities of Project in Primavera; Building

relationships between activities in Primavera P6; Relationship types.

Chapter 3

4

FORECASTING FACTORS

The strategic importance of forecasting; Forecasting Approaches and Factors;

Quantitative and Qualitative forecasts

LAB: Determining of free float and total float for critical path to forecast late finish

date in Primavera; Time-Series Forecasting in Excel simulation.

Chapter 4

5

FACTORS AFFECT DESIGN OF PRODUCT&SERVICES

Goods and Services Selection; Generating new products; Product development;

Issues for product and service design.

LAB: Resource types; Roles and assignment of resources to activities in Primavera;

Determining an amount of resources based on BOQ;

Chapter 5

6

FACTORS ON QUALITY OF PRODUCT&SERVICES

Quality and Strategy; Defining Quality; Total Quality Management; Tools of TQM;

The Importance of Inspection.

LAB: Controlling resource overallocation; RUS&RUP; Bar charts and S-Curve;

Creation and assignment of baselines to make Final Schedule; Quality Function

Deployment (QFD) or Quality House in Excel.

Chapter 6

116

7

KEY FACTORS OVER PROCESS STRATEGY

Operations Strategies; Equipment Selection; Process Analysis; Production

Technology; Process Redesign

Groupwork: Making a Project Schedule in Primavera which will be followed by

analysis by exporting to Excel; Linear Programming and time-Series forecasting in

Excel.

Chapter 7

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9

FACTORS ON LOCATION SELECTION

Location decision and factors; Methods of evaluating location alternatives.

LAB: Tracking of schedule in Primavera as soon as execution started; Cut-off dates

Chapter 8

10

FACTORS EFFECT ON LAYOUT STRATEGIES

Layout Types; Warehouse and storage layout; Process-oriented layout.

LAB: Update week 1. Working on actual dates and resources. Resource analysis in

Primavera.

Chapter 9

11

HUMAN RESOURCE STRATEGY AND HUMAN FACTORS

Labor Planning; Job design; Labor Standards.

LAB: Update week 2. Working on actual dates and resources. Resource analysis in

Primavera.

.

Chapter 10

12

FACTORS ON SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

Make-or-Buy and Outsourcing; Six Sourcing Strategies; Supply Chain Risk

LAB: Introduction to Earned Value Management (EVM) and EVM analysis.

Chapter 11

13

FACTORS AFFECTING AGGREGATE PLANNING

Dependent demand; MRP Structure; MRP in services; ERP

LAB: SV, CV, SPI, CPI, BAC formulas and explanation in Primavera

Chapter 13

14

KEY FACTORS ON LEAN MANUFACTURING

Lean and just-in time; Lean organizations; Lean in services.

LAB: Working with layouts, filter, group & sort, etc. in Primavera.

Chapter 16

117

15

FACTORS CAUSE MAINTENANCE AND RELIABILITY DEMAND

Maintenance; Reliability; Total Productive Maintenances.

Groupwork: Updating of initial baselined schedule; Have to make EVM analysis;

Defining risks of variances in Primavera.

Chapter 17

FINAL EXAM

Production

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total

Workload(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5

Individual or Group Work 14 2 28

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation) 1 5 5

Homework 3 2 6

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 99

Total Workload/30(h) 3.3

ECTS Credit of the Course 3

118

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Course unit code MGS 3104

Type of course unit Elective

Level of course unit Fist cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3-4 years

Semester when the

course unit is delivered

6-7 semesters

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3

Name of lecturer Elnur Eyvazov

Class information Location: Room: 12 Time: Thursday Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course description

Human resource management is critical to the success of every business. HR

professionals do the most important work in a business because, ultimately, a business is its people. HR is all about finding, hiring, developing, engaging, supporting,

rewarding, nurturing and keeping the people who make the business work. It is

exciting and challenging work but very rewarding. Even if your major is finance,

accounting or marketing you need to know about human resource management. The reason is because you will lead and manage work teams and project teams so you need

to know how to support and develop these people. How to get the best out of them.

HR is everybody’s business.

This course will give you a strong grounding in all key HR functions. It is a course of many different topics and it is designed with the needs of modern businesses in mind.

At the end, you will be proficient in basic strategic human resource management

theory and practice. The course will address issues of ethics as they relate to managing people in organizations. Issues such as honesty, transparency and personal

integrity when managing others will be discussed among other pertinent issues.

Course objectives

The objectives of this course are:

• To teach relevant, practical and applicable human resource management skills to

equip the student with the foundation competencies for working as HR practitioners

in business.

• To improve the student’s self-confidence to be able to analyze and decide upon

HR issues and problems.

• To introduce contemporary theory and practice in modern human resource

management and the range of tools and methods available to address HR

challenges and problems.

• Apply critical thinking and problem solving skills to the analysis and resolution of

human resource problems as presented in case studies.

Learning outcomes

At the successful completion of this course students will be able to:

• Describe what human resource management is and how human resource management relates to effective and successful organizations.

• Articulate the critical issues and challenges involved in contemporary human

resource management.

• Discriminate between different types of human resource strategies, models, theories and approaches. • Develop plans relating to central HR issues.

• Highlight particular issues that determine the success or failure of human

resource management practices.

• Identify the important elements that constitute the roles and functions associated

with human resource management in contemporary organizations.

• Appreciate the importance of ethics to effectively managing people in organizations and how ethical concepts apply in practice.

• Apply critical thinking and problem solving skills to the analysis and resolution of human resource problems as presented in case studies

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

NA

Recommended or

required reading

Required main textbook: Human Resource Management Authors: J. Coyle- Shapiro,

K. Hoque, I. Kessler, A. Pepper, R. Richardson and L. Walker; Irwin-McGraw-Hill.

Additional reading materials/handouts will be distributed to students in class (e.g.,

power point slides, articles, copies of presentations made by visiting speakers and

other materials).

Planned learning activities and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and presentation sessions, discussion sessions

Language of instruction English

Work placement(s) -

Course contents:

Topic

Source

1. Introduction to Human Resource Management

Basic concepts of management and its relationships with HRM

Chapter 1

2.

Components of an organization 1. Concepts of people working together 2. Individual vs. Group behavior and Teams

Chapter 2

3. New trends at workplace with changing environment

Workforce diversity, pros and cons

Chapter 3-4

4. Functions of HRM Relationship between HR specialist and line managers

Chapter 4-5

5. Legal and ethical issues in HRM Chapter 6

6.

Human resource planning (HRP)

Human resource information system (HRIS) Job

analysis

Chapter 7

7. Recruitment Source of recruitment, Selection, Selection Tests, Selection process

Chapter 8-9

8. MIDTERM EXAM

9. Training & development

And Maximizing learning

Career management

Chapter 10

Chapter 11

10.

Performance Performance

Appraisal Job evaluation

and pricing

Chapter 12-13

11.

Compensation system

Understanding on Compensation system,

Benefits, Role of money in performance of employee

Chapter 14-15

12. Motivation Occupation health and safety

Stress management

Chapter 16

13. Conflict and Negotiation Chapter 17

14. Power & politics

Discipline

Chapter 18

15.

HR auditing

HR control process

Leadership

Chapter 19, 20,

21

FINAL EXAM

Human Resource Management

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total

Workload(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3

42

Assignment/Case studies 3 1 3

Quizzes 2 1 2

Preparation for the Midterm

Examination 1 8

8

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Preparation for the Final

Examination 1 10

10

Final Exam 1 3 3

Individual or group work 10 2 20

Total Workload 90

Total Workload/30(h) 3

ECTS Credit of the Course 3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title BASICS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP & SME DEVELOPMENT

Course unit code MGS 3105

Type of course unit Elective

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3-4 years

Semester when the

course unit is delivered

6-7 semesters

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

3

Name of lecturers Aykhan Nasibli

Class information Location:

Time: Friday, 8:30 – 10:05 (1/2), 10:20 – 11:55

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description

This course provides students with an introduction to entrepreneurship and explains

the need for small-medium enterprises for sustainable economic development. At

the same time, during one semester students will go through a range of essential skills and attitudes necessary for successful start in entrepreneurial endeavors. At

the same time, they will also embrace workplace presentation, team collaboration,

idea creation and business plan development.

Content of the course targets undergraduate students and expects the target group to have no prior experience (as internship or part-time job) in private sector. During

the entire semester, this course will prepare students for further academic study

and/ or involvement in entrepreneurship activities in the future.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

In this course students will learn to:

• Learn essential role of small-medium enterprises;

• Practice presentation skills and working in teams;

• Recognize personal attitude and deal constructively with issues that arise

in the workplace and community around them;

• Develop self-esteem and confidence, enhance skills for leading of

teams, projects and/of programs;

• Apply business principles to plan, launch, manage and grow a

business venture idea;

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

Recommended or

required reading

Reading 1: Ries, E. (2011). The lean startup: How today's

entrepreneurs use continuous innovation to create radically successful businesses.

Reading 2: Bygrave, William D., Zacharakis, Andrew. (2014).

Entrepreneurship. 3rd

ed.

Reading 3: Bill George (2007). True North

Additional reading materials will be provided in relevant time.

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, mock business presentations, team works in class and outside

of class hours, case study discussions, video presentations and other forms of team and individual works.

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1 INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP, BUSINESS

& SME

• Course Introduction

• Introduction to Entrepreneurship.

• Great Entrepreneurs from History

• Azerbaijani Entrepreneurs

• Characteristics of Great Entrepreneurs

• Profile: Richard Branson (Virgin Groups)

In-class:

“Why I want to be an entrepreneur.”

Reading:

Reading 2: Chapter 1; Magazine

copies (ASEU)

Entrepreneur.com (25 Common

Characteristics of Successful Entrepreneurs)

2

WHAT IS SMALL-BUSINESS ENTERPRISE?

• The Small Business, decision-making

• Is Entrepreneurship for me?

In-class:

Self Assessment (bdc.ca online)

Readings:

Road Map concept, Reports of

• The Azerbaijani Business Environment

• Critical Factors for Starting a New Business

• Evaluating Opportunities for New Businesses

• The Opportunity Checklist

international organizations and BIG4 Entrepreneurship, Chapter 2

Workshop (team): Business Jam – “100 Great Ideas”

3 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION

• Forms and types of business communication

• Why every entrepreneur should be good at public

speaking

• Principles of Oral Business Presentations

- 30 second story;

- Elevator pitch;

• Product presentation

• Profile: Eric Ries

(Entrepreneur, Publisher)

• The Lean Startup

• The Startup Life Cycle

• Blue Ocean

• What makes a good business idea?

In-class:

Elevator Pitch Script

Workshop (team):

Lean Startup – Choosing a

Business

Reading:

Reading 1: Lean Start up, Part 1

– Vision.

4 PRACTICE PRODUCT SPEECHES

5 MODELS & MODELLING

• Business plans

• Models and Strategies

• Entrepreneurial Strategies

Workshop (team):

Business Model Canvas

Reading: Reading 2: Chapter 4.

6 HUMAN RESOURCES

• The Talent Triangle (PMI)

• Human Resources

• Corporate Culture

• Jack Welch’s “6 or 9” Theory

Workshop (team):

HR Strategy

Reading:

Reading 3: Chapter 3, 7, 10.

7 ETHICS

• Business Ethics

• Ethics in Entrepreneurship

• Business Code of Ethics

In-class:

Business Ethics Reflection

Reading:

Reading 3: Intro, Chapter 1

Workshop (team):

Team Code of Ethics

8 MID-TERM EXAM

9 FINANCES

• Valuation

• Debt and Equity

• Value Proposition Canvas

• Financials

Workshop (team):

Financial Projection and Plan

Reading:

Reading 2: Chapters 8-10.

10 PRODUCT SPEECHES

11

TREND IN BUSINESS

• Profile: Elon Musk

(Space X and Tesla)

• Attracting Investors

• Types of Financing

• Risk and Reward

• Bootstrapping and Crowdfunding

• Accelerators and Incubators

• Government Support

• Silicon Valley

Video Reflection:

Elon Musk

Reading:

Magazine article (IMPACT) Online materials (to be provided)

12 MARKETING

• Assessing Context

• Situation Assessment

• SWOT

• Marketing: Story-branding

• Target Market Profile

• Marketing Strategy

• Customer Development (Steve Blank)

Workshop (team):

SWOT

Marketing Strategy

13 PRESENTATION & PERSUASION

• Basics and forms

• Profile: Robert Herjavec (Shark Tank)

• The Investor Presentation

14 CONSULTATIONS/ WRAP – UP

15 PRESENTATION OF BUSINESS PLAN

FINAL EXAM

Basics of Entrepreneurship and SME Management

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total

Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42 Labs and Tutorials

Assignment 2 1 2 Project/Presentation/Report 1 3 3 E-learning activities

Quizzes 2 1 2 Midterm Examination 1 2 2 Final Examination 1 3 3 Individual or group work 12 3 36 Total Workload 90 Total Workload/30(h) 3 ECTS Credit of the Course

3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL AND VALUE CHAIN

MANAGEMENT

Course unit code MGS 3106

Type of course unit Elective

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3-4 years

Semester when the course unit is

delivered

6-7 semesters

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3

Name of lecturer Fuad Bagirov

Class information

Location: Room

Time: Contact:

Office hours: upon students’ appointment

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Learning Outcomes: Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility are valuable

economic components emerging as hot topics in public discourse.

Today’s immense social and environmental challenges provide new

opportunities and the need for integrative management techniques, economic specialization, and innovative technologies.

Academics and management practitioners discuss this trend with both

scientific and practical applications in this series on CSR, Sustainability, Ethics, and Governance published by Springer.

The main outcome is explained the complex issue of Corporate Social

Responsibility (CSR) by providing a breakdown of its application on specific areas of business administration such as Supply Chain

Management.

In this course, necessary aspects of sustainable value creation are

described along with practical examples.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-requisites None

Recommended optional

programme components

NA

Recommended or required

reading

Textbook and Readings

1. Sustainable Value Chain Management Delivering Sustainability

Through the Core Business, Michael D'heur, Springer, 2015

Additional information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in

printed forms.

Planned learning activities and

teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, assignment, discussion sessions, presentation.

Language of instruction English

Work placement NA

Course contents:

1 Sustainable Value Creation

- The Concept of “Sustainability” - The Concept of “Shared”

- The Concept of “Value Creation”

2

The Consequences of a “Linear” Economy

3 Educated Consumers and Their Awareness of Greenwashing

4

Going “Beyond the Label”: What’s in a Value Chain

5 Sustainability “Inside-Out”:

- Toward Sustainable Value Chain Management

6 Building Blocks for Sustainable Value Creation Building Block 1: Value Creation Strategy

7 Building Block 2: Sustainable Products

8 Building Block 3: Sustainable Supply Chain

9 Building Block 4: Enterprise Architecture Building Block 5: Stakeholder Collaboration

10 Building Block 6: Sustainable Business Planning

Building Block 7: Sustainable Cost Reduction

11 Building Block 8: Supplier and Partner Networks

12 Critical Appraisal of the Standards in Relation to Sustainable Value Creation

13 Benefits of Sustainable Value Creation

- Economic Value - Ecological Value

- Societal Value

- Soft Benefits

14 From Idea to Action

- Embed Sustainable Value Creation in the Corporate Strategy

- Honestly Assess Your Starting Position, Determine What Matters, and Where the

Organization Can Generate Positive Impact

- Consider Sustainability Criteria Throughout the Entire Product Lifecycle

- Take Responsibility Across the Extended Supply Chain

- Drive Change

- Collaborate, Deliver Tangible Results,

- Inspire Others

15 The Core Business: Driver for Sustainable Value Creation

FINAL EXAM

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3

42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 10 5

Individual or Group Work 14 1 14

Midterm Exam 1 2 3

Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation)

1 3 3

Quiz (including preparation and

presentation) 2 2 4

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 12 7

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 90

Total Workload/30(h) 3

ECTS Credit of the Course 3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title ENVIRONMENTAL ACCOUNTING

Course unit code ACCT 3101

Type of course unit Elective

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3-4 years

Semester/trimester

when the course unit

is delivered

6-7 semesters

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

3

Name of lecturer Nigar Kerimli

Class information [email protected]

office hours: upon appointment

Course description: Course Description

This course will help students to expand their awareness of the profession's responsibility toward environmental problems and the broader issues of sustainability. The interest in environmental accounting issues has grown rapidly in recent years, and the issues impact the various specializations within the field of accounting, including financial reporting, analysis and disclosure, cost management and managerial decision making, capital investment analysis, auditing, and taxation. We will approach the subject using a framework that categorizes issues into the conventional model of accounting and an expanded model of accounting. The expanded model allows for a creative approach to problem solving on environmental issues outside of the traditional boundaries of accounting. Opportunities will exist for students to develop skills necessary for creative problem solving.

Learning outcomes of

the course unit

On successful completion of this course, all students will have developed their skills in:

➢ Developing a fundamental knowledge of laws, regulations and market

instruments for handling environmental issues

➢ Understanding how environmental issues affect the various sub-disciplines of

accounting

➢ Evaluating the role of accounting in society regarding the environment

➢ Developing moral thought processes (ethics) about environmental issues

➢ Understanding the concepts of accountability and transparency

➢ Understanding sustainability and the implications for accounting

➢ Developing an appreciation of the needs of various stakeholder groups

➢ Examining alternative reporting formats

➢ Understanding and evaluating specific company approaches to environmental

accounting

➢ Making recommendations for improvements to company approaches under the

expanded model

➢ Developing a working knowledge Discussion of readings of national and global

trends

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Course contents Unit Topic Content

Textbook(s)

and chapter(s)

1 Introduction

2

Accounting for the

Environment

a) Accountants, Accounting

and the Environment

b) Accountants and

Environmental Attitudes

DUE: Short Writing Activity 1

1, Ch. 1

3 Business and the

Environment

a) The Evolving Agenda

b) The Public, Media and

Politicians

c) Business Attitude and

Business Response

DUE: Short Writing Activity 2

1, Ch. 2

4 Management Information

and Accounting

a) The Forces of Change

b) External Influences for

Environmental Change

DUE: Short Writing Activity 3

1, Ch 3

2, Ch 3, 6

5

Environmental Policy:

Adoption, Establishment

and Implementation

a) The company’s Own

Environmental Policy

b) The Environmental

Charters

c) The CERES Principles

1, Ch 4

6

Environmental Audit and

Management System;

Assessment, Review and

Attestation

a) Overview of Environmental Audit

b) The Environmental Assessment

(EIA)

c) The Environmental Survey

1, Ch 5

7 Accounting and the

Control of Energy Costs

a) Energy; Some of the Wider

Issues

b) Energy: Some of the

Business Issues

c) Controlling Energy

d) Accounting for Energy

1, Ch 6

8

Accounting and

Controlling for the Costs

of Waste, Packaging and

Recycling

a) Some Aspects of the Wider

Problem

b) Corporate Waste

Management

c) Accounting for Waste

1, Ch. 7

2, Ch 9

9

Investment, Budgeting and

Appraisal: Environment at

the Heart of the

Accounting and Financial

Systems

a) Investment Spending

b) Investment Appraisal

c) Budgeting and Forecasting

Quiz 1 (Units; 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8)

1, Ch. 8

10

Midterm examination

11

Life Cycle Assesment and

the Mass Balance

a) The Mass Balance

b) The Cycle Assessment

c) Considering the Life Cycle

1, Ch 9

d) The Methodology of LCA

12

The Greening of Finance:

Bank Lending, Insurance

and Ethical/Environmental

Investment

a) Bank Lending and

Environmental Liability

b) The Environmental

Influence of Financial

Institutions

c) Do Shareholders Care about

Ethics and the Environment?

Case: Ethics and

environmental reporting

1, Ch 10

2, Ch 7

13

External Reporting and

Auditing I: Reporting

within the Financial

Statements

a) Why Financial

Accounting?

b) How is Financial

Accounting Affected?

c) The Response of

Accounting Regulators

d) The Environment in

Financial Statements

e) Implicaions fort he Future?

DUE: Environmental Audit

Project—Part I

1, Ch 11

2, Ch 7,8

14

External Reporting and

Auditing II: Reporting

within the Financial

Statements

a) Why Report on the

Environment Voluntarily?

b) The Pressures to Disclose

c) Corporate Environmental

Reporting Practice

DUE: Environmental Audit

Project—Part 2

1, Ch 12

2, Ch 12

15

Social Accounting and

Reporting and the External

‘Social Audits’

a) The Resurgence in Social

Reporting Practice

b) A Brief Background and

History of the Social Audit

Quiz 2 (Units; 9,10,11,12,13,14)

1, Ch 13

Final examination

Recommended or

required readings

Course Materials

1. Accounting for the Environment, 2nd Edition,

Gray and Bebbington

2. Contemporary Environmental Accounting, Stefan

Schaltegger and Roger Burritt

Planned learning

activities and teaching

methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and brainstorming, feedback and

presentation sessions, discussion sessions, quizzes and exams

Language of

instruction

English

Work placement(s) –

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 6 6

Individual or Group Work 14 2 28

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation)

Homework 3 1 3

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 92

Total Workload/30(h) 3

ECTS Credit of the Course 3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title MATERIAL MECHANICS

Course unit code TECH 3106

Type of course unit Elective

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3-4 years

Semester when the course unit is delivered

6-7 semesters

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

3

Name of lecturer Azer D.Ahmadov

Class information Location: Room: 12

Time: Wednesday

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description

Materials are of a discrete nature, since they are made of atoms and molecules, in the

case of liquids and gases, or, in the case of solid materials, also of fibres, crystals, granules, associations of different materials, etc. The physical interactions between

these constituent elements determine the behavior of the materials. Of the different

facets of a material`s behavior, rheological behavior is needed for the Mechanics of Materials. It may be defined as the way the material deforms under the action of forces.

The deductive quantification of the rheological behavior of materials has only been

successfully applied to some composite materials-associations of two or more

materials-whose rheological behavior may be deduced from the behavior of the individual materials ,in the cases where the precise layout of each material is known. In

all other materials rheological behavior is idealized by means of physical or

mathematical models which reproduce the most important features observed in experimental tests. This is the so-called phenomenological approach. In Mechanics of

Materials, a phenomenological approach must almost always be used to quantify the

rheological behavior of a solid, a liquid or a gas .Furthermore, as the consideration of

the discontinuities that are always present in the internal structure of materials, substantially increases the degree of complexity of the problem, we assume, whenever

possible ,that the material is continuous. From a mathematical point of view, the

hypothesis of continuity may be expressed by stating that the functions which describe the forces inside the material, the displacements, the deformations, etc,..are continuous

functions of space and time. From a physical point of view, this hypothesis corresponds to assuming that the macroscopically observed material behavior does not change with

the dimensions of the piece of material considered, especially when they tend to zero.

This is equivalent to accepting that the material is a mass of points with zero

dimensions and all with the same properties. Thus in a liquid, the maximum dimension of the discontinuities is the size of a molecule, which is almost always much smaller

than the smallest geometrical dimension that must be analysed. This is why, in liquids,

the hypothesis of continuity may almost always be used without restrictions. On the other side, in solid materials, the validity of this hypothesis must be analysed more

carefully. In gases, the maximum dimension of the discontinuities may be represented

by the distance between molecules. Thus in, very rarefied gases the hypothesis of continuity may not be acceptable. Thus in, Mechanics of Materials the validity of the

hypothesis of continuity is always accepted. This allows the material behavior to be

defined independently of the geometrical dimensions of the solid body of the liquid

mass under consideration.

Learning Outcomes of the Course: After completing the course, students should be able to :

• Analyses the stress state around a point ,i.e in an infinitesimal neighborhood of a point inside or on the surface of a solid body, or of a liquid mass, under the action of forces

• Determine the expressions defining the components of the stress tensor as

functions of the coordinates x, y and z to develop the differential equations of the

equilibrium which play an important role in the analytical solution for the stress

distribution inside a body

• Determine two principal stresses and its directions in two-dimensional analysis

of the stress tensor

• Analyse two-dimensional and three-dimensional stress state by the Mohr`s circles

• Analyse the physical aspects of the deformation the conclusion the state of

deformation, as the state of stress

• Develop of the mathematical expressions for the deformation state

• Compute components of the strain tensor from the displacement functions

• Analyse two-dimensional strain state

• Conclude that experimentally observed rheological behavior of materials may be explained as the combination of three types of stress- strain relations: elasticity, plasticity and viscosity

• Determine the relations between elementary types of deformation and stresses

causing them are linear

• Analyse an isotropic material behavior under two-or three-dimensional stress

states

• Analyse physical models for different rheological behavior

• Analyse different yielding and rupture laws under two or three- dimensional

stress state

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co- requisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

Microsoft Excel

Recommended or required reading

Required:

1) Vitor Dias Da Silva:”Mechanics and Strength of Materials” Springer-

publishers

2) Arthur P.Boresi,Richard J.Schmidt,Omar M.Sidebottom:”Advanced

Mechanics of Materials” John Willey&sons.INC

3) Russel C.Hibbeler:”Mechanics of Materials” Macmillan publishing

company.800p.1991

4)J.P.Den Hertog:”Advanced Strength of Materials” Dover

publications.INC.378p.1987

5)J.Case,Lord Chilver,Carl.T.F.Ross:”Strength of Materials and Structures” John Willey&sons.INC.698p.1999

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Classroom lecturing, case study discussions and discussion sessions

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

Unit 1: General considerations .Fundamental definitions. Subdivisions of the Mechanic

of Materials

Unit 2: General considerations. Equilibrium conditions. Equilibrium at the

boundary

Unit 3: Stresses in an inclined facet. Principal stresses and principal directions. The

roots of the characteristic equation

Unit 4: Orthogonality of the principal directions. Isotropic and deviatoric components

of the stress tensor

Unit 5: Two-dimensional analysis of the stress tensor Unit

6: Mohr`s circle. Three-dimensional Mohr`s circles

Unit 7: General considerations. Components of the strain tensor

Unit 8: Pure deformation and rigid body motion. Equations of compatibility

Unit 9: Deformation in an arbitrary direction. Volumetric strain

Unit 10: Two-dimensional analysis of the strain tensor. Components of the strain

tensor

Unit 11: General considerations. Ideal rheological behavior-physical models. Unit 12:

Generalized Hooke`s. Law isotropic materials.

Unit 13: Monotropic materials. Orthotropic materials. Newtonian liquid

Unit 14: Deformation energy. General consideration. Superposition of deformation.

Energy in the linear elastic case. Deformation energy in materials with linear elastic

behavior

Unit 15: Yielding and rupture laws. General considerations. Yielding criteria. Mohr`s

rupture theory for brittle materials

Final Exam

Mechanics of Materials

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities

Number

Duration (hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Labs and Tutorials 2 1 2

Assignment

Project/Presentation/Report

E-learning activities

Quizzes 2 1 2

Midterm Examination 1 2 2

Final Examination 1 3 3

Self Study 11 4 44

Total Workload 95

Total Workload/30(h) 3,1

ECTS Credit of the Course

3

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title STRUCTURAL MECHANICS

course unit code TECH 4104

type of course unit Elective

level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

year of study 3rd - 4th

Years

semester/trimester when the

course unit is delivered

6th -7th

semesters

number of ECTS credits allocated

3

name of lecturer Azer. D. Ahmadov

learning outcomes of the course

unit

Description:

Structural Mechanics deals with fundamental knowledge of

concepts to control structural mechanical models for rope, beam,

disks and sheels as well as its field of application in typical engineer uses.

Learning outcomes:

Structural Mechanics to provide the engineers with a foundation that

will permit them to readily incorporate the growing body of

knowledge as an extension of the fundamental principles and not as something added on and vaguely connected to what they already

know, introduce useful frameworks and various techniques for

solving a wide variety of problems.

mode of delivery Face to face

prerequisites and co-requisites None

recommended optional programme components

course contents

Unit 1: Structural Elements. Chains and Cables

Unit 2: Design of beams. Rapidly rotating disks of constant thickness

Unit 3: Characteristic feature of plates and shells Unit 4:

Nonlinearities. Nonlinear material response. Unit 5:

Elastic potential energy in slender members. Clapeyron`s theorem

Unit 6: Castiglione`s theorem. Menabrea`s theorem. Betty`s theorem

Unit 7: Maxwell`s theorem. Theorems of virtual displacements and forces

Unit 8: Definition of potential energy. Stability of

equilibrium

Unit 9: Extreme properties of potential energy. Variation principles Unit 10: Stresses under impact loading

Unit 11: The effect of Mass of the elastic system on impact

Unit 12: Stability of elastic systems

Unit 13: Stability of bars and frames

Unit 14: Dynamics of hinged system. Free vibrations of beams

recommended or required

reading

1. Strength of Materials and Structures. Fourth edition. John Case,

Lord Chilver,Carl.T.F.Ross.1999

planned learning activities and

teaching methods

Lectures, class discussions, reading material from textbook,

assignments, quizzes, exams.

language of instruction English

work placement(s) -

Structural Mechanics

ECTS allocated based on Student Workload

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3

42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 8 8

Individual or Group Work 14 2 28

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) - -

-

Homework 3 1 3

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 94

Total Workload/30(h) 3.1

ECTS Credit of the Course 3

1

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title FORMING PROCESSES

Course unit code TECH-4105

Type of course unit Elective

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd – 4th years

Semester when the course

unit is delivered

6th - 7th Semesters

Number of ECTS credits

allocated

3

Name of lecturers Sayami Huseynov

Class information

Location: Time:

Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the

course unit

Course Description:

This course is devoted to the main aspects of forming processes, materials

formability, design for manufacture, and process’ economic aspects. The focus is on

the analysis and bulk molding processes sheet metal in accordance with the

practical cases.

A detailed overview of the processes of formation is provided through the lectures.

In the problem-based seminars a real forming problems involving a machine or

process is the central starting point in the overall context of forming technology.

Dealing with these problems, students deepen and professionalize the application of

technical approaches and scientific methods of gathering information. Students

gather the necessary basics for special problems, receive a wide understanding of

machines/tools needed in forming processes. Students are taught to identify the

specific problems of forming technology. They’re provided with methods for broad

understanding of the components, measurement and control systems, and

automation techniques.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

2

On successful completion of the course, students should be able to:

• Classify forming processes. Define: plastic deformation, flow stress,

formability, strain, effect of temperature, friction and lubrication,

deformation zone geometry, workability, and residual stresses.

• Understand the following forming processes: forging, drawing, rolling,

extrusion, and deep drawing.

• Understand the technologies of high-energy-rate forming, forming under

hydrostatic pressure, and super-plastic forming.

• Identify the problems of metal forming technology. To get a broad

understanding of components, measurement and control systems, and

automation techniques.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co-

requisites

None

Recommended optional

programme components

Recommended or required

reading

Required reading:

1. W. F. Hosford, R. M. Caddell, “Metal forming: Mechanics and

Metallurgy”, Prentice-Hall pub., 2011.

Optional reading:

2. H. Tschaetsch, “Metal Forming Practise: Processes, Machines, Tools”,

Springer Verlag, 2006.

3. Sadhu Singh, “Theory Of Plasticity & Metal Forming Processes”, Khanna

Publishers, 2014.

Course reading is composed of articles, laws as well as book chapters. Additional

information will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.

Planned learning activities

and teaching methods

Student evaluation is based on assignments or mini projects, tests and final exam. A

description is given at the beginning of the course in order for the students to get

enough information on the making breakdown, assignment instructions.

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1 Formability

Formability, strain

Ch. 2

[1]

3

2

Plasticity of isotropic and anisotropic continuum

Plastic deformation, flow stress

Ch. 3

[1]

3 Numeric analysis of metal forming processes

Classification of metal forming processes, fundamentals of metallurgy.

Ch. 4

[1]

4

High-strength steels for metal forming

Effect of temperature, strain rate and metallurgical structure on metal working,

friction and lubrication, deformation zone geometry, workability, residual stresses.

Ch. 6

[1]

5

Progressive methods of deep drawing

Fundamentals of drawing: definition, application, drawing process parameters,

tooling, wire drawing, tube drawing.

Ch. 10

[3]

6 Sheet metal forming

Shearing, blanking, bending, stretch forming, deep drawing, types of dies, defects

in formed part, sheet metal formability, formability limit diagram.

Ch. 12

[1]

7 Forming with application of elastic media

Ch. 13

[1]

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 Forming with application of liquid media Ch. 13

[1]

10 Forging

Introduction and Classification, operation and principle of Forging Processes and

Equipments, Methods of forging, Open and Close Die Forging Processes, Defects,

Structure and Properties of Forged Products. Force Analysis in forging. Other

Related Processes like Cold Heading, Rotary Swaging, Sizing, Coining,

Embossing and Roll Forging.

Ch. 16

[1]

11

Super-plastic forming

Metal forming under special conditions: high-energy-rate forming, forming under

hydrostatic pressure, super-plastic forming.

Ch. 14

[1]

12 Extrusion Ch. 15

4

Introduction and Classification, Extrusion Equipments, Forces in extrusion,

Analysis of Extrusion Process, Extrusion of components including Seamless Pipes

and Tubes. Extrusion of pipes by cold working, Other Related Processes like

Impact Extrusion, Hydrostatic Extrusion, Piercing, Drawing, cupping and bending.

[1]

13 New methods of precision forging

Ch. 16

[3]

14 Hot rolling

Rolling: classification of rolling processes, types of rolling mills, hot rolling,

rolling of bars and shapes, forces and geometrical relationships in rolling.

Ch. 8

[1]

15 Cold rolling

Cold rolling, analysis of rolling load, torque and power, rolling defects.

Ch. 9

[1]

FINAL EXAM

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 8 8

Individual or Group Work 8 3 24

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation

and presentation) 1 5 5

Homework 3 2 6

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 8 8

Final Exam 1 3 3

5

Total Workload 98

Total Workload/30(h) 3.2

ECTS Credit of the Course 3

6

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title APPLIED FLUID DYNAMICS

Course unit code TECH 4106

Type of course unit Elective

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3-4 years

Semester when the course unit is delivered

6-7 semesters

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3

Name of lecturers Elvin ibrahimli

Class information Location: Room: 2 Time:15:00 Friday Contact: [email protected] Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes of the course unit

Course Description:

This course aims to present students theoretical and practical background of applied

fluid dynamics course without going into deep detail of the mathematics and numerical algorithm, It will discuss fundamentals of fluid statics, kinematics and

dynamics, some characteristics of fluids and computational fluid dynamics. The

concepts of computational fluid dynamic (CFD) will be presented by means of the application of numerical techniques to the solution of some practical fluid flow and

heat transfer problems. A commercial CFD software will be presented and applied to

illustrative fluid flow.

The key to learning applied fluid dynamics course is to practice problem solving and

solve many problems applying the principles presented in the text books and lectures. It is difficult to learn this subject by only reading the text book and listening

to lectures or looking over solved examples. Graduate student are expected to read

the text book, references, and listen to lectures. The most important learning activity is to practice problem solving as part of homework, and use instructor as guide to

seek feedback when needed.

Learning Outcomes of the Course:

After completing the course, students should be able to:

• Visualize data and generate meshes around complex geometries.

• Identify the key fluid properties used in the analysis of fluid behavior

• Perform 2D and 3D simulations in CFD-GEOM software.

• Explain the development, uses, and limitations of the Bernoulli equation.

• Discuss the differences between the Eulerian and Lagrangian descriptions

of fluid motion. • Apply appropriate equations and principles to analyze a variety of pipe

7

flow situations.

• Calculate the lift and drag forces for various objects..

• Apply appropriate equations to analyze open-channel flow with uniform

depth.

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and co- requisites

Recommended optional programme components

Recommended or required

reading

There is no single textbook that covers the entire course. The course material is

collected from various sources that will be announced during the course.

1. Textbook-1: Bruce R. Munson, Theodore H. Okiishi, Fundamentals of Fluid

Mechanics. Hardcover: 796 pages. Publisher: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; seventh edition, 2013

2. Textbook-2: Abdulnaser Sayma. Computational Fluid Dynamics. Hardcover:

133 pages. Publisher: Ventus Publishing ApS: first edition, 2009

3. Comer, J. K.; Kleinstreuer, C.; Zhang, Z. Flow structures and particle deposition patterns in double-bifurcation airway models. Part 1. Air flow fields. Journal of

Fluid Mechanics, vol. 435, Issue 01, p.25-54

4. M.Navidbakhsh ; H. Monshizadeh. Blood flow simulation in a stenotic vessel surrounded by biological tissue. Proceedings of 20th Iranian Conference on Biomedical Engineering.IEEE.2013

5. Shin H.R, Boris P. Makarov. Assessment of the volume of fluid method for free- surface wave flow. J.Mar Sci Technol (2005) 10:173–180.

6. Vilas Shinde, Elisabeth Longatte, Franck Baj. Cross Flow Induced Vibration in a Single Tube of Square Array Using LES.

7. D. Szubert, I. Asproulias, N. Simiriotis. Numerical Simulation of a 3-D Laminar Wing in Transonic Regime. Progress in Hybrid RANS-LES Modelling pp 277-290.

8. https://www.grc.nasa.gov/WWW/wind/valid/m6wing/m6wing01/m6wing01.html

9. Yang Z., Ogawa H. Numerical Analysis of Transonic Buffet Control Using a Two- Dimensional Bump for a Supercritical. APISAT 2018, LNEE 459, pp. 854–869, 2019.

Course reading is composed of articles and book chapters. Additional information

will be distributed either electronically or delivered in printed forms.

Teaching format The course consists of lectures in which the topics are presented by the instructor.

There are also classes (exercises) that will give practical examples of the application

of the theoretical topics and the utilization of commercial software for computational fluid dynamics. Course topics will be presented at the blackboard and using electronic

slides. Teaching material and additional materials will be provided by the instructor

during the semester.

Language of instruction English

Course contents:

1 INTRODUCTION

Some Characteristics of Fluids. Analysis of Fluid Behavior. Measures of Fluid

Mass and Weight. Ideal Gas Law. Viscosity. Compressibility of Fluids. Vapor

Pressure. Surface Tension. Dimensions, Dimensional Homogeneity, and Units

Chapter 1

(Textbook-1)

2

FLUID STATICS

Pressure Variation in a Fluid with Rigid-Body Motion. Basic Equation for Pressure Field. Pressure Variation in a Fluid at Rest. Standard Atmosphere.

Chapter 2

(Textbook-1)

8

Measurement of Pressure. Manometers. Mechanical and Electronic Pressure- Measuring Devices. Hydrostatic Force on a Plane Surface

3 FLUID KINEMATICS

The Velocity Field. The Acceleration Field. Control Volume and System

Representations. The Reynolds Transport Theorem

Chapter 4

(Textbook-1)

4 ELEMENTARY FLUID DYNAMICS—THE BERNOULLI EQUATION

Physical Interpretation. Examples of Use of the Bernoulli Equation. Restrictions on Use of the Bernoulli Equation. The Energy Line and the Hydraulic Grade Line. Static,

Stagnation, Dynamic, and Total Pressure.

Chapter 3

(Textbook-1)

5 VISCOUS FLOW IN PIPES

General Characteristics of Pipe Flow. Fully Developed Laminar Flow. Fully Developed Turbulent Flow. Dimensional Analysis of Pipe Flow. Pipe Flow

Examples. Pipe Flowrate Measurement

Chapter 8

(Textbook-1)

6 FLOW OVER IMMERSED BODIES

General External Flow Characteristics. Boundary Layer Characteristics. Drag and Lift.

Chapter 9

(Textbook-1)

7 OPEN-CHANNEL FLOW

General Characteristics of Open-Channel Flow. Uniform Depth Channel Flow. Gradually Varied Flow. Rapidly Varied Flow.

Chapter 10

(Textbook-1)

8 MIDTERM EXAM

9 COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Chapter 11 Ideal Gas Relationships. Mach Number and Speed of Sound. Categories of (Textbook-1) Compressible Flow. Two-Dimensional Compressible Flow. Analogy between

Compressible and Open-Channel Flows.

10 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS (CFD)

Basic Equations of Fluid Flow and Level of approximation. Mesh generation.

Basic Computational Techniques. Introduction to CFD-GEOM, ACE, VIEW Software packages.

Chapter 1,2,3,9

(Textbook-2)

11

PROPERTIES OF NUMERICAL SCHEMES

The finite difference method. The finite element method. The finite volume

method. Solution Methods System of Equations.

Chapter 5,6,7,8

(Textbook-2)

12 BIOMEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF CFD [3] Tutorial: Laminar flow in a pipe (CFD-ACE)

Project work-1: Simulation of blood flow characteristics in stenotic vessel artery [4] Project work-2: CFD simulation of human double bifurcation airway model

13 AEROSPACE APPLICATIONS OF CFD [7] Tutorial: Transonic flow over NACA 0012 Airfoil (CFD-ACE)

Project work-5: Turbulent grid generation for the ONERA M6 wing of airplane [8] Project work-6: Incompressible flow simulation of Multiple elements airfoil

Project work-7: Turbulent grid for a simulation OAT15A Airfoil at Re =3x106 [9]

14 CHEMICAL PROCESSING APPLICATIONS OF CFD

Tutorial: Flow over cylinder (CFD-ACE) Project work-4: The unsteady flow simulation around an array of 3x3 cylinders of

heat exchanger for vapor cooling in nuclear reactors.

[6]

15 MARINE APPLICATIONS OF CFD

Tutorial: Hydrofoil cavitation (CFD-ACE) Project work-3: Visualization and grid generation of NACA 0024 hydrofoil

[5]

9

Activities Number Duration

(hour)

Total Workload

(hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 8 8

Individual or Group Work 14 1 14

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation)

1 10 10

Homework 3 2 6

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 10 10

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 95

Total Workload/30(h) 3.1

ECTS Credit of the Course 3

FINAL EXAM

10

Azerbaijan State Oil and Industry University

BA Programs / ZU Program / Industrial Engineering

Course unit title ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Course unit code TECH 4108

Type of course unit Elective

Level of course unit First cycle Bachelor

Year of study 3rd - 4th

years

Semester/trimester

when the course unit

is delivered

6th – 7th semesters

Number of ECTS

credits allocated

3

Name of lecturer Fariz Farajzadeh

Class information Location: Azerbaijan, Baku

Time: 24/7 Contact: [email protected]

Office hours: upon appointment

Learning outcomes

of the course unit

Learning Outcomes:

• By the end of the course students will:

• Be aware about the available energy sources – general and alternatives ones

• Be able to recognize any non-conformances and maintenance methods,

• Know advantages / disadvantages of each energy type

• Be aware about the range of usage / implementation in nowadays

In particular, below listed, but not limited topics will be studied as well:

• Familiarization with energy production methods, management, especially with

management in energy sector engineering.

• Fundamentals of product strategy management.

• Methods of energy accounting and energy auditing in energy sector, industry and final consumption.

• Opportunities to increase the rational use of energy.

• Basics of demand side management and mechanisms (technical, legal or financial)

that influence energy consumption.

• Opportunities for increasing rational use of energy.

• Basics of energy auditing with application on different sectors

Mode of delivery Face-to-face

Prerequisites and

co-requisites

None

Recommended programs

Microsoft Excel, Microsoft Word, Team, Zoom

11

Course contents

Unit

Topic

Content Reference to textbook

and chapter(s)

1 Introduction to Energy

Management

The Value of Energy Management

Some Suggested Principles of

Energy Management

The Energy Management Profession

Energy Management

Handbook, 6th edition

Ch 1

2 Codes Standards & Legislation

Regulations & Standards Impacting CFCs

Regulatory and Legislative Issues

Impacting Air Quality

Opportunities in the Spot Market

The Climatic Change Action Plan

Energy Management

Handbook, 6th edition

Ch 20

3. Solar Energy

Availability

Solar Collectors

Solar Cells

Thermal Storage Systems

Sizing and Economics

Energy Management

Handbook, 6th edition Ch 16

4 Wind Energy

Availability

Wind Devices

Wind Systems

Performance of Turbines and Systems

Energy Management

Handbook, 6th edition

Ch 16

5 Electric Energy Management

Introduction

Effects of Unbalanced Voltages on

the Performance of Motors Amperage Readings

Electric Motor Efficiency

Motor Efficiency Management

HOME WORK

Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition

Ch 11

6

Lighting

Introduction

Lighting Fundamentals

Process to Improve Lighting

Efficiency

Maintenance

Daylighting

Energy Management

Handbook, 6th edition

Ch 13

7 Natural Gas Purchasing

Introduction

Natural Gas as a Fuel

New Frontiers for the Gas Industry

Energy Management

Handbook, 6th edition

Ch 21

8 Energy Systems Maintenance

Developing the Maintenance

Program

Detailed Maintenance Procedures

Materials Handling Maintenance Measuring Instruments

Energy Management

Handbook, 6th edition

Ch 14

9

Industrial Insulation

Fundamentals of Thermal Insulation Design Theory

Insulation Materials

Insulation Selection

Insulation Economics

Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition

Ch 15

12

10 MIDTERM EXAM

11 Control Systems

Introduction

Why Automatic Control? Why Optimization?

Technology Classifications

Operations and Maintenance

Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition

Ch 22

12 Energy Security and Reliability

Introduction

Risk Analysis Methods Countermeasures

Economics of Energy Security and Reliability

HOME WORK

Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition

Ch 23

13 Commissioning for Energy

Management

Introduction

Commissioning Definitions

Commissioning Measures

Commissioning New Buildings for Energy Management

Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition

Ch 26

14 Measurement and Verification

of Energy Savings

Introduction

Overview of Measurement and Verification

Methods

Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition

Ch 27

15

Sustainability and High

Performance Green Buildings

Sustainability Gives Rise to the Green

Building Movement

Introducing the LEED NC Rating System: A Technical Review

Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition

Ch 29

FINAL EXAM

Recommended or

required readings

Textbook:

Wayne C. Turner / Steve Doty, Energy Management Handbook, 6th edition

Planned learning

activities and teaching methods

Lectures, case studies, quizzes, midterm and final exams

Language of

instruction

English

Work placement(s)

13

Activities Number Duration (hour) Total Workload (hour)

Course duration in class 14 3 42

Preparation for Midterm Exam 1 5 5

Individual or Group Work 14 2 28

Midterm Exam 1 2 2

Paper/Project (including preparation and presentation)

Lab work

Homework 2 1 2

Preparation for the Final Exam 1 10 10

Final Exam 1 3 3

Total Workload 92

Total Workload/30(h) 3

ECTS Credit of the Course 3